Form 10-K - Annual report [Section 13 and 15(d), not S-K Item 405]

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


☒			ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024


☐			TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For transition period from to

Commission File Number: 001-39773

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware						81-4895761
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)						(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1510 Main Street

Shoemakersville, Pennsylvania 19555

(707) 765-9990

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

HYFM

Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☒
		Emerging growth company	☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the Registrant included in the filling reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the Registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of a share of common stock on June 30, 2024, as reported by The Nasdaq Capital Market on such date was $30 million. As of February 27, 2025, the Registrant had 4,614,279 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders ("2025 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such 2025 Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") within 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

EXPLANATORY NOTE REGARDING REVERSE STOCK SPLIT

On February 12, 2025, Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (“Hydrofarm Holdings”) filed a Certificate of Amendment to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “Charter Amendment”), with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effect a 1-for-10 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of Hydrofarm Holdings’ common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), effective February 12, 2025 at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time (the “Effective Time”) and Hydrofarm Holdings’ shares of Common Stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on The Nasdaq Capital Market at the commencement of trading on February 13, 2025, under Hydrofarm Holdings’ existing trading symbol “HYFM”. The new CUSIP number for the Common Stock following the Reverse Stock Split is 44888K407.

As previously reported, the Reverse Stock Split was approved by Hydrofarm Holdings’ stockholders at Hydrofarm Holdings’ annual meeting of stockholders held on June 6, 2024, at a ratio ranging from any whole number between 1-for-1.1 and 1-for-25, as determined by Hydrofarm Holdings’ board of directors in its discretion. On February 6, 2025, the board of directors approved a ratio of 1-for-10 for the Reverse Stock Split.

The Charter Amendment provides that at the Effective Time, every 10 shares of Hydrofarm Holdings’ issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, will be automatically converted, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, into one share of Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock and the par value of each share of Common Stock remain unchanged. No fractional shares will be issued as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. Stockholders who otherwise would be entitled to receive a fractional share in connection with the Reverse Stock Split will receive a cash payment in lieu thereof.

The Company has adjusted the presentation of all periods covered by the consolidated financial statements contained herein to give retroactive effect to the Reverse Stock Split, including adjustments to net loss per share and other per share of Common Stock amounts.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	PART I	Page

Item 1.	BUSINESS	3
Item 1A.	RISK FACTORS	14
Item 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	41
Item 1C.	CYBERSECURITY	41
Item 2.	PROPERTIES	43
Item 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	43
Item 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	43

	PART II

Item 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	44
Item 6.	RESERVED	44
Item 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	45
Item 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	54
Item 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	55
Item 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	88
Item 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	88
Item 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	88
Item 9C.	DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS	88

	PART III

Item 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	89
Item 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	91
Item 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	91
Item 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	92
Item 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	92

	PART IV

Item 15.	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	93
Item 16.	FORM 10-K SUMMARY	96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K other than statements of historical fact, including statements concerning our business strategy and plans, future operating results and financial position, as well as our objectives and expectations for our future operations, are forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by such terminology as "believe," "may," "will," "potentially," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "could," "would," "project," "plan," "expect" and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•industry conditions, including oversupply and decreasing prices of our customers' products which, in turn, have materially adversely impacted our sales and other results of operations and which may continue to do so in the future;

•the potential for future charges associated with the impairment of our long-lived assets, inventory allowances and purchase commitment losses, and accounts receivable reserves;

•our liquidity;

•our ability to meet the continued listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market ("Nasdaq");

•the impact of our restructuring activities on our expenses and cash expenditures;

•potential dilution that may result from equity financings while our stock prices are depressed;

•the conditions impacting our customers, including related crop prices and other factors impacting growers;

•the adverse effects of public health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our business, results of operations and financial condition;

•interruptions in our supply chain;

•federal and state legislation and regulations pertaining to agricultural products and the use and cultivation of cannabis in the United States and Canada;

•public perceptions and acceptance of cannabis use;

•fluctuations in the price of various crops and other factors affecting growers;

•the results of our acquisitions and strategic alliances;

•our long-term non-cancellable leases under which many of our facilities operate, and our ability to renew or terminate our leases;

•our reliance on, and relationships with, a limited base of key suppliers for certain products;

•our ability to keep pace with technological advances;

•our ability to execute our e-commerce business;

•the costs of being a public company;

•our ability to successfully identify appropriate acquisition targets, successfully acquire identified targets or successfully integrate the business of acquired companies;

•the success of our marketing activities;

•the potential for a disruption or breach of our information technology systems or cyber-attack;

•our current level of indebtedness;

•our dependence on third parties;

•any change to our reputation or to the reputation of our products;

•the performance of third parties on which we depend;

•the fluctuation in the prices of the products we distribute;

•competitive industry pressures;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•the consolidation of our industry;

•compliance with environmental, health and safety laws;

•our ability to protect and defend against litigation, including claims related to intellectual property rights;

•product shortages and relationships with key suppliers;

•our ability to attract and retain key employees;

•the volatility of the price of our common stock;

•the marketability of our common stock; and

•other risks and uncertainties, including those listed in "Risk Factors."

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We disclaim any intention or obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING USE OF TRADE NAMES AND TRADEMARKS

"Hydrofarm" and other trade names and trademarks of ours appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are our property. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains trade names and trademarks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply an endorsement or sponsorship of us by such companies, or any relationship with any of these companies.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING CERTAIN TERMINOLOGY IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the terms "Hydrofarm", "the Company," "we," "our" and "us" refer to Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1. BUSINESS

Introduction

We are a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of branded hydroponics equipment and supplies for controlled environment agriculture ("CEA"), including grow lights, climate control solutions, grow media and nutrients, as well as a broad portfolio of innovative and proprietary branded products. We primarily serve the U.S. and Canadian markets, and believe we are one of the leading companies in these markets in an otherwise fragmented industry. For over 40 years, we have helped growers make growing easier and more productive. Our mission is to empower growers, farmers and cultivators with products that enable greater quality, efficiency, consistency, and speed in their grow projects. For the 2024 fiscal year, our net sales were $190 million. From 2005 through 2024, we generated a net sales compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of approximately 10%.

Hydroponics is the farming of plants using soilless grow media and often artificial lighting in a controlled indoor or greenhouse environment. Hydroponics is the primary category of CEA and we use the terms CEA and hydroponics interchangeably. Our products are used to grow, farm, and cultivate cannabis, flowers, fruits, plants, vegetables, grains and herbs in controlled environment settings that allow end users to control key farming variables including temperature, humidity, CO2, light intensity spectrum, nutrient concentration and pH. Through CEA, growers are able to be more efficient with physical space, water and resources, while enjoying year-round and more rapid grow cycles as well as more predictable and abundant grow yields, when compared to other traditional growing methods.

We reach commercial farmers and consumers through a broad and diversified network of over 2,000 wholesale customer accounts, who we connect with primarily through our proprietary online ordering platform. Our products are distributed across the United States and Canada through a diversified range of retailers of commercial and home gardening equipment and supplies. Our customers include specialty hydroponic retailers, commercial resellers and greenhouse builders, garden centers, hardware stores, and e-commerce retailers. Specialty hydroponic retailers can provide growers with specialized merchandise assortments and knowledgeable staff.

How We Serve Our Customers

Our customer value proposition is centered on two pillars. First, we strive to offer the best selection by being a branded provider of all CEA needs. Second, we seek to be the gold standard in distribution and service, leveraging our infrastructure and reach to provide customers timely delivery of products and exceptional service across the United States and Canada.

Complete Range of Innovative CEA Products

We offer thousands of innovative, branded CEA products to provide solutions for our customers. Our product portfolio spans lighting, grow media (i.e., premium soils and soil alternatives), nutrients, equipment and supplies.

Some of our most well-known proprietary brands include Active Air, Active Aqua, Aurora Peat Products, HEAVY 16, House & Garden, Gaia Green Organics, Grotek, Innovative Growers Equipment, Mad Farmer, Phantom, PHOTOBIO, Procision, Roots Organics, Growtainer, and SunBlaster. We estimate that approximately three-quarters of our net sales relate to consumable products, including grow media, nutrients and supplies that are subject to regular replenishment. The remaining portion of our net sales relate to durable products such as hydroponic lighting and equipment. The majority of products we offer are produced by us or are supplied to us under exclusive or preferred brand relationships. Our proprietary, or house brands, generally provide higher gross profit margins compared to preferred or distributed brands and provide a competitive advantage as we offer our customers a breadth of products that cannot be purchased elsewhere.

We source individual components, raw materials or products from our supplier base. Raw materials used in our nutrient manufacturing operations primarily include nitrogen, potassium, and phosphate. Raw materials used in our grow media manufacturing include peat moss, compost, perlite, coir fiber, pumice and worm casings. We source these components, raw materials and products from suppliers located primarily in the United States, Canada, China, and Europe. One supplier accounted for over 10% of purchases in 2024 and 2023.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following graphic illustrates a representative set of our market-leading products across key CEA product categories:

Infrastructure and Reach for Fast Delivery, High In-Stock Availability and Exceptional Service

Our infrastructure and reach enables us to provide delivery and service capabilities to a diverse group of customers primarily in the United States and Canada. We believe that our six U.S.-based distribution centers can reach a significant majority of our U.S. customers within 48 hours and that our two Canadian distribution centers can provide timely coverage to the Canadian market.

In the United States, we currently distribute our products and employ cross-docking logistics processes from our leased facilities in Fairfield, California; Fontana, California; Gresham, Oregon; Denver, Colorado; Shoemakersville, Pennsylvania; and New Hudson, Michigan. In Canada, we currently distribute our products from locations in Surrey, British Columbia and Cambridge, Ontario. Outside of North America, we operate a distribution center in Zaragoza, Spain. We use a third party in China to assist with our international supply chain management and quality assurance in Asia. We partner with a network of third-party transportation companies that facilitate delivery to our customers. The majority of customer orders are received through our business-to-business e-commerce platform. Through our Distributor Managed Inventory ("DMI") Program, we partner with our network of customers to create customized, supply chain solutions for large commercial end users.

In the United States, we currently operate manufacturing facilities in Arcata, California and Eugene, Oregon. In Canada, we currently have manufacturing facilities in Edmonton, Alberta.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The CEA Industry

Our principal industry is the wholesale distribution of CEA equipment and supplies, which generally include nutrients and fertilizers; grow light systems; horticulture benches and racking systems; heating, ventilation, and air conditioning ("HVAC") systems; humidity and carbon dioxide monitors and controllers; water pumps, heaters, chillers, and filters; and various grow media typically made from soil, peat, rock wool or coconut fiber, among others. Today, we believe that a majority of our products are sold for use in CEA applications.

Pictured: PHOTOBIO MX2 LED, Active Air Commercial Humidifier, SunBlaster LED Grow Light Garden, Active Air Heavy Duty 16" Metal Wall Mount Fan, IGE Grow Racks, House & Garden Bud XL, and Roots Organics Formula 707.

CEA is a component of the global commercial agriculture and consumer gardening sectors. According to industry publications, the global CEA industry was estimated at approximately $99 billion in 2023, and is expected to grow to approximately $423 billion by 2033 representing a CAGR of 16%. The growth of CEA crop output may subsequently drive growth in the wholesale CEA equipment and supplies industry in which we operate.

Expanding populations, limited natural resources and a focus on the environment and the security of our agricultural systems have illuminated the benefits of CEA compared to traditional outdoor agriculture. We believe the adoption of CEA will grow particularly in the commercial agriculture industry, where CEA can be deployed to achieve results that are simultaneously more efficient for the planet and profitable for growers.

Today, we believe that a majority of the CEA equipment and supplies we sell to our customers is ultimately purchased by participants in the cannabis industry, though we do not sell directly to cannabis growers in the United States. An agricultural oversupply has impacted the cannabis industry, driving cannabis wholesale prices down and resulting in a decrease in indoor and outdoor cultivation, which we believe adversely impacts the market for CEA products. We believe the oversupply was initiated by the market impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and is now partially the result of increasing cannabis production in

TABLE OF CONTENTS

additional global markets. Despite these factors negatively impacting the industry, according to certain industry publications, the U.S. cannabis market is projected to reach approximately $57 billion by 2028, up from an estimated $30 billion in 2024.

We believe this forecasted growth in the U.S. cannabis market may be attributable to (i) state initiatives for new adult use and/or medical use programs in additional U.S. states, (ii) expanded access for patients or consumers in existing state medical or adult use cannabis programs, and (iii) increased consumption driven by greater product diversity and choice, reduced stigma, and real and perceived health benefits including pain management, the treatment of neurological and mental conditions, and sleep management. In addition, states with legalized adult use cannabis may offer state governments with additional taxation revenue and state job creation, which may incentivize states to continue broadening the potential market for cannabis products. According to a January 2024 poll by Pew Research Center, approximately 57% of U.S. adults say that cannabis should be legal for recreational and medical use, while an additional 32% say it should be legal for medical use only. Cannabis product availability and breadth includes cannabidiol (CBD) and other cannabis-infused products, including edibles, oils, tinctures, and topical treatments.

Benefits of CEA Adoption

Both the commercial agriculture and cannabis industries are adopting more advanced CEA agricultural technologies in order to enhance the productivity and efficiency of operations. The benefits of CEA include:

•Greater product safety, quality and consistency;

•More reliable, climate-agnostic year-round crop supply from multiple, faster harvests per year as opposed to a single, large harvest with outdoor cultivation;

•Lower risk of crop loss from pests (and subsequently lower need for pesticides) and plant disease;

•Lower required water and pesticide use compared to conventional farming, offering incremental benefits in the form of reduced chemical runoff and lower labor requirements; and

•Potentially lower operating expenses from resource-saving technologies such as high-efficiency LED lights, precision nutrient and water systems and automation.

CEA implementation is driven by the factors listed above as well as increases in fruit and vegetable farming, consumer gardening and the adoption of vertical farming. In the United States and Canada, regulatory oversight and statutory requirements for growers and their products enhance product safety and transparency to consumers, and usually necessitate the use of CEA in cannabis cultivation in order to meet mandated tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) content or impurity tolerances.

We believe certain of our CEA end-markets support environmental, social and governance ("ESG") trends as they may preserve resources, enhance the transparency and safety of our food supply chains, and deliver superior performance characteristics versus traditional agriculture.

Our Strategies and Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Position in our Industry

We are a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of CEA equipment and supplies in the United States and Canada. Over the course of our long operating history, we have developed product and market expertise that we believe has made us a leader in our industry.

Broad Portfolio with Innovative Proprietary Offerings and Recurring Consumables Sales

We have a large equipment and consumable product offering, including lighting solutions, grow media, nutrients, equipment and supplies. We offer everything growers need to ensure their operations are maximizing efficiency, output and quality. We maintain an extensive portfolio of products which includes approximately 35 proprietary brands across thousands of stock keeping units ("SKUs") as well as over 50 preferred brands. Fifty-six percent of our 2024 revenue relates to sales of our proprietary brands, which generally provide for higher gross profit margins compared to preferred and distributed brands and a competitive advantage as we offer products that cannot be purchased elsewhere. We estimate that approximately three-quarters of our net sales are generated from consumable products subject to recurring revenue that includes grow media, nutrients and supplies.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We sell proprietary and preferred brands across all of our product categories. We selectively add distributed products when the brand or technology provides us with a more comprehensive assortment to satisfy our customers' needs.

Manufacturing Capabilities

We currently operate three manufacturing facilities in North America which include organic certified and synthetic liquid and dry nutrient blending and bottling, organic certified soil blending and bagging, perlite production, and peat harvesting and baling. Our peat harvesting operation provides useful products for improving grow media and organic farming.

Supplier Relationships and Geographic Footprint

We have developed distribution relationships with a network of several hundred suppliers, giving us access to a best-in-class diverse product portfolio and allowing us to provide a full range of CEA solutions to our customers. We have cultivated long-term relationships with several of our main suppliers.

We maintain a broad geographic footprint of eight distribution centers to efficiently serve our customers in North America. We also operate a distribution center in Zaragoza, Spain, and we are focusing on expanding our international sales.

Solution Based Approach to Serve Our Customers

We currently maintain long-standing relationships with a diversified range of specialty hydroponic retailers, commercial resellers and greenhouse builders, garden centers, hardware stores, and e-commerce retailers. We serve over 2,000 wholesale customer accounts across multiple channels in North America, providing customers with the capability to purchase their entire product range from us. We leverage a seasoned sales team and our internal product category experts to provide industry insights, product capabilities and customer support.

Expanding our Offerings within CEA Food and Floral Markets and Garden Centers

CEA offers a more sustainable and secure alternative to traditional outdoor agriculture, allowing food to be grown closer to where it is ultimately consumed, thereby reducing supply chain-related risks and food waste. Additionally, we believe consumer gardening can be an important driver of future CEA growth, as many U.S. households participate in lawn and gardening activities today. Our sales team is organized to focus on the CEA food and floral market, and consumer gardening markets, where we are well suited to expand our business.

Productivity and Cost Saving Initiatives

While maintaining our dedication to customer service and on-time delivery, we are focused on reducing costs and improving productivity within the organization. Our initiatives have included implementing operational changes, consolidating our facility footprint, integrating our business into one operating segment, reducing headcount, and focusing our sales efforts on our proprietary brand offerings. We have executed on our previously announced restructuring plans to improve efficiency and reduce costs.

Government Regulation

For U.S. based operations, there is no national regulatory body providing oversight of our portfolio of products. A substantial number of our products in our grow media and nutrients product lines are subject to U.S. state specific registration requirements. Organic listed products are audited in the US by the California Department of Food and Agriculture and/or the Organic Materials Review Institute. Finished goods and ingredients labeled as pesticides are regulated by federal and state offices of the Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"). Canadian based operations and product lines are regulated under the Canadian Food Inspection Agency and some organic certified products are audited and attested to by EcoCert and/or the Organic Materials Review Institute. Our peat harvesting operations are regulated by provincial and municipal bodies, including Alberta Environment and Parks regulations.

Grow Media and Nutrients

Grow media and nutrients products include organic listed soils, soils without organic listings, and both organic listed and synthetic nutrients that contain ingredients requiring supplier registration with certain regulators. The use and disposal of these products in some jurisdictions are subject to regulation by various agencies. A decision by a regulatory agency to significantly restrict the use of these products can limit our ability to sell these products.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

International, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to environmental, health and safety matters affect us in several ways in light of the ingredients that are used in grow media and nutrient products. In the United States, products containing pesticides generally must be registered with the EPA and similar state agencies before they can be sold or applied. The failure by one of our partners to obtain, or the cancellation of any such registration, or the withdrawal from the marketplace of such pesticides, could have an adverse effect on our Company, the severity of which would depend on the products involved, whether other products could be substituted and whether our competitors were similarly affected, and whether pesticide claims or sales may be made by distributors of any Hydrofarm products which are not actively registered as such. The pesticides we use are either granted a license by the EPA and similar state agencies or exempt from such a license and may be evaluated by the EPA as part of its ongoing exposure risk assessment. The EPA may decide that a pesticide we distribute will be limited or will not be re-registered for use in the United States. We cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect on our business of any future evaluations, if any, conducted by the EPA.

In addition, the use of certain pesticide products is regulated by various international, federal, state, provincial and local environmental and public health agencies. Although we strive to comply with such laws and regulations and have processes in place designed to achieve compliance, we may be unable to prevent violations of these or other laws and regulations from occurring. Even if we are able to comply with all such laws and regulations and obtain all necessary registrations and licenses, the pesticides or other products we apply or use, or the manner in which we apply or use them, could be effected by changing regulations or changing interpretations of the regulations, could be alleged to cause injury to the environment, to people or to animals, or such products could be banned in certain circumstances.

Cannabis Industry

We sell our products through third-party retailers and resellers and not directly to cannabis growers in countries that prohibit the sale and use of cannabis, including the United States. Nonetheless, it is evident to us that the legalization of cannabis in many U.S. states and Canada has ultimately had a significant, positive impact on our industry. Accordingly, laws and regulations governing the cultivation and sale of cannabis and related products have an indirect effect on our business. Legislation and regulations pertaining to the use and growth of cannabis are enacted on both the state and federal government level within the United States. The federal and state laws and regulations governing the growth and use of cannabis are subject to change. New laws and regulations pertaining to the use or cultivation of cannabis and enforcement actions by state and federal authorities concerning the cultivation or use of cannabis could indirectly reduce demand for our products, and may impact our current and planned future operations.

In the United States, individual state laws regarding the cultivation, possession, and use of cannabis for adult and medical uses conflict with federal laws prohibiting the cultivation, possession and use of cannabis for any purpose. A number of states have passed legislation legalizing or decriminalizing cannabis for adult use, other states have enacted legislation specifically permitting the cultivation and use of cannabis for medicinal purposes, and several states have enacted legislation permitting cannabis cultivation and use for both adult and medicinal purposes.

Certain of our products may be purchased for use in new and emerging industries and/or be subject to varying, inconsistent, and rapidly changing laws, regulations, administrative practices, enforcement approaches, judicial interpretations, future scientific research and public perception.

We sell products, including hydroponic gardening products, through third-party retailers and resellers. End users may purchase these products for use in new and emerging industries, including the growing of cannabis, that may not grow or achieve market acceptance in a manner that we can predict. The demand for these products is dependent on the growth of these industries, which is uncertain, as well as the laws governing the growth, possession, and use of cannabis by adults for both adult and medical use.

Laws and regulations affecting the U.S. cannabis industry are continually changing, which could detrimentally affect our growth, revenues, results of operations and success generally. Local, state and federal cannabis laws and regulations are broad in scope and subject to evolving interpretations, which could require the end users of certain of our products or us to incur substantial costs associated with compliance or to alter our respective business plans. In addition, violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accurate or with merit) relating to the consumption of cannabis, whether in the United States or internationally, may have a material adverse effect on our operational results, consumer base, and financial results. Among other things, such a shift in public opinion could cause state jurisdictions to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical or adult cannabis or adopt new laws or regulations restricting or prohibiting the medical or adult use of cannabis where it is now legal, thereby limiting the potential customers and end-users of our products who are engaged in the cannabis industry (collectively "Cannabis Industry Participants").

Demand for our products may be negatively impacted depending on how laws, regulations, administrative practices, enforcement approaches, judicial interpretations, and consumer perceptions develop. We cannot predict the nature of such developments or the effect, if any, that such developments could have on our business.

We are subject to a number of risks, directly and indirectly through our Cannabis Industry Participants, because cannabis is illegal under United States federal law. Federal law and enforcement may adversely affect the implementation of medical cannabis and/or adult use cannabis laws, and may negatively impact our revenues and profits.

Under the U.S. Controlled Substances Act of 1970 (the "CSA"), the U.S. government currently lists cannabis as a Schedule I controlled substance (i.e., deemed to have no medical value), and accordingly the manufacturing (cultivation), sale, or possession of cannabis is federally illegal. It is also federally illegal to advertise the sale of cannabis or to sell paraphernalia designed or intended primarily for use with cannabis, unless the paraphernalia is authorized by federal, state, or local law. The U.S. Supreme Court ruled in United States v. Oakland Cannabis Buyers’ Cooperative, 532 U.S. 483 (2001), and Gonzales v. Raich, 545 U.S. 1 (2005) that the federal government has the right to regulate and criminalize cannabis, even for medical purposes. The illegality of cannabis under federal law preempts state laws that legalize or decriminalize its use. Therefore, strict enforcement of federal law regarding cannabis would likely adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Other laws that directly impact Cannabis Industry Participants include:

•Businesses trafficking in cannabis may not take tax deductions for costs beyond costs of goods sold under Internal Revenue Code Section 280E. There is no way to predict how the federal government may treat cannabis businesses from a taxation standpoint in the future, and no assurance can be given to what extent Internal Revenue Code Section 280E, or other tax-related laws and regulations, may be applied to cannabis businesses in the future. Though we are not directly affected by Internal Revenue Code Section 280E, as we are not a cannabis business, modifications or a repeal could provide a favorable impact to end users of our products.

•Because the manufacturing (cultivation), sale, possession and use of cannabis is illegal under federal law, cannabis businesses may have restricted intellectual property rights, particularly with respect to obtaining and enforcing patents and trademarks. Our inability to register, or maintain, our trademarks or file for or enforce patents on any of our inventions could materially affect our ability to protect our name, brand and proprietary technologies. In addition, cannabis businesses may face court action by third parties under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act ("RICO"). Our intellectual property rights could be impaired as a result of our retailers’ and resellers’ involvement with cannabis business, and we could be named as a defendant in an action asserting a RICO violation.

•Similar to the risks relating to intellectual property rights, there is an argument that the federal bankruptcy courts cannot provide relief for parties who engage in the cannabis business. Recent bankruptcy rulings have denied bankruptcies for cannabis dispensaries upon the justification that businesses cannot violate federal law and then claim the benefits of federal bankruptcy for the same activity and upon the justification that courts cannot ask a bankruptcy trustee to take possession of, and distribute cannabis assets as such action would violate the CSA. Therefore, due to our retailers’ and resellers’ involvement with cannabis businesses, we may not be able to seek the protection of the bankruptcy courts and this could materially affect our financial performance and/or our ability to obtain or maintain credit.

•Since cannabis is illegal under federal law, there is a strong argument that banks cannot accept deposit funds from businesses involved in the cannabis industry. Consequently, businesses involved in the cannabis industry often have difficulty finding a bank willing to accept their business. Any such inability to open or maintain bank accounts may make it difficult for us to operate our business. Under the Bank Secrecy Act ("BSA"), banks must report to the federal government any suspected illegal activity, which includes any transaction associated with a cannabis business. These reports must be filed even though the business is operating legitimately under state law. In addition, due to our retailers’ and resellers’ involvement with cannabis businesses, our existing bank accounts could be closed.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•Insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability and directors and officer’s insurance, may be more difficult for us to find, and more expensive, to the extent we are deemed to operate in the cannabis industry.

•On August 29, 2013, the U.S. Department of Justice (the "DOJ") under the Obama administration issued a memorandum (the "Cole Memorandum"), characterizing strict enforcement as an inefficient use of federal investigative and prosecutorial resources. The Cole Memorandum provided guidance to all federal prosecutors and indicated that federal enforcement of the CSA against cannabis-related conduct should be focused on specific priorities, including cannabis distribution to minors, violence in connection with cannabis distribution, cannabis cultivation on federal property, and collection of cannabis-derived revenue by criminal enterprises, gangs and cartels.

•On January 4, 2018, the DOJ under the Trump administration issued a memorandum (the "Sessions Memorandum"), which effectively rescinded the Cole Memorandum and directed federal prosecutors to enforce the CSA and to follow well-established principles when pursuing prosecutions related to cannabis activities. The DOJ under the Biden administration did not readopt the Cole Memorandum, but former President Biden indicated support for decriminalization of cannabis.

•On October 6, 2022, former President Biden issued an executive order pardoning all persons convicted of simple possession of cannabis under the CSA. In the same executive order, former President Biden also directed the Secretary of Health and Human Services ("HHS") and the Attorney General to initiate an administrative process to review the scheduling of cannabis under the CSA, and on August 29, 2023, the Department of HHS officially recommended that the Drug Enforcement Administration (the "DEA") reschedule cannabis from Schedule I to Schedule III, although the DEA is not obligated to follow this recommendation. On January 12, 2024, HHS publicly released its scientific review supporting the Schedule III recommendation. This 250-page document cites peer-reviewed studies and widespread medical use under state programs, providing a robust foundation for the proposed change and increasing transparency in the process.

•On December 2, 2022, former President Biden signed into law the Medical Marijuana and Cannabidiol Research Expansion Act, which streamlines and expands the process for researching the medical use of cannabis.

•On April 30, 2024, the DEA announced its intent to propose a rule to reschedule cannabis to Schedule III, following the Associated Press reporting the agency’s plans. This marked the DEA’s first public acknowledgment of moving away from its long-held stance that cannabis lacks therapeutic value. On May 16, 2024, the DOJ, led by former Attorney General Merrick Garland, submitted a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking ("NPRM") to the Federal Register. Published on May 21, 2024, the NPRM formally initiated the rulemaking process to transfer cannabis to Schedule III, opening a 60-day public comment period, which ended July 22, 2024. The DEA received over 42,000 comments, with strong public support for rescheduling. On August 28, 2024, the DEA scheduled a public hearing on the proposed rescheduling for December 2, 2024, to be held at DEA Headquarters in Arlington, Virginia. This notice, published in the Federal Register, allowed stakeholders and experts to participate, fulfilling the CSA’s requirement for a formal hearing process if requested. Requests to participate were due by September 30, 2024. The DEA held the preliminary hearing on the proposed rescheduling of cannabis on December 2, 2024.

Currently in the United States, 41 states and the District of Columbia, have adopted frameworks that authorize and regulate cannabis cultivation and sale for medical use, while 24 states and the District of Columbia legalized cannabis for medical and recreational use. It is estimated that over half of the United States population resides in a state where cannabis is currently legal for medical and recreational use.

We cannot predict how the current administration or future administrations will enforce the CSA or other laws against cannabis activities. Any change in the federal government’s enforcement of current federal laws could cause significant financial damage to us. The legal uncertainty and possible future changes in law could negatively affect our growth, revenues, results of operations and success generally.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unless and until cannabis is de-scheduled entirely or rescheduled or Congress amends the CSA with respect to medical and/or adult use cannabis, there is a risk that federal prosecutors may enforce the existing CSA. Federal authorities may decide to change their current posture and begin to enforce current federal cannabis law and, if they begin to aggressively enforce such laws, it is possible that they could allege that we violated federal laws by selling products used in the cannabis industry. As a result, active enforcement of the current federal regulatory position on cannabis may directly or indirectly adversely affect our revenues and profits.

Violations of any U.S. federal laws and regulations could result in significant fines, penalties, administrative sanctions, convictions or settlements arising from civil proceedings conducted by either the U.S. federal government or private citizens, or criminal charges, including, but not limited to, disgorgement of profits, cessation of business activities or divestiture. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our reputation and ability to conduct business, the listing of our securities on any stock exchanges, the settlement of trades of our securities, our ability to obtain banking services, our financial position, operating results, profitability or liquidity or the market price of our publicly-traded shares. In addition, it is difficult for us to estimate the time or resources that would be needed for the investigation of any such matters or their final resolution because, in part, the time and resources that may be needed are dependent on the nature and extent of any information requested by the applicable authorities involved, and such time or resources could be substantial.

Businesses involved in the cannabis industry, and investments in such businesses, are subject to a variety of laws and regulations related to money laundering, financial recordkeeping and proceeds of crimes.

Investments in the U.S. cannabis industry are subject to a variety of laws and regulations that involve money laundering, financial recordkeeping and proceeds of crime, including the BSA, as amended by the USA Patriot Act, other anti-money laundering laws, and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by governmental authorities in the United States. In February 2014, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network ("FinCEN") of the Treasury Department issued a memorandum (the "FinCEN Memo") providing guidance to banks seeking to provide services to cannabis businesses. The FinCEN Memo outlines circumstances under which banks may provide services to cannabis businesses without risking federal prosecution for violation of U.S. federal money laundering laws. It refers to supplementary guidance that Deputy Attorney General Cole issued to U.S. federal prosecutors relating to the prosecution of U.S. money laundering offenses predicated on cannabis violations of the CSA and outlines extensive due diligence and reporting requirements. The FinCEN Memo currently remains in place, but it is unclear at this time whether current or future administrations will continue to follow the guidelines of the FinCEN Memo. Any abrogation or modification of the FinCEN Memo could negatively affect the ability of certain of the end users of our products to establish and maintain banking relationships.

The U.S. House of Representatives passed the Secure and Fair Enforcement ("SAFE") Act (the "SAFE Banking Act") numerous times. This bill was intended to protect banks and credit unions from federal prosecution for providing services to cannabis companies, thus allowing cannabis companies greater access to deposit accounts, insurance, and other financial institutions. However, the U.S. Senate has thus far failed to pass the SAFE Banking Act or other similar legislation. In September 2023, the Secure and Fair Enforcement Regulation Banking Act ("SAFER Banking Act") passed the U.S. Senate Banking Committee which expands on the financial institutions granted protection than those proposed to be covered by the SAFE Banking Act, provides uniform exam guidelines for cannabis banking institutions, among other changes. However, passage of the SAFER Banking Act in the U.S. Senate or U.S. House of Representatives remains uncertain.

Some of our products are used by Cannabis Industry Participants and used in connection with cannabis businesses that are subject to federal and state controlled substance laws and regulations. Cannabis businesses are subject to a number of risks related to controlled substances, which risks could reduce demand for our products by Cannabis Industry Participants. Such risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•Cannabis is currently a Schedule I drug under the CSA and regulated by the DEA as an illegal substance. The Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), in conjunction with the DEA, licenses cannabis research and drugs containing active ingredients derived from cannabis. If cannabis were to become legal under federal law, its sale and use could become regulated by the FDA or another federal agency.

•If cannabis were to become regulated by the FDA or another federal agency, extensive regulations may be imposed on the sale or use of cannabis. Such regulations could result in a decrease in cannabis sales and have a material adverse impact on the demand for our products. If we or our Cannabis Industry Participants are unable to comply with any applicable regulations and/or registration prescribed by the FDA, we may be unable to continue to conduct business with retailers and resellers that transact with cannabis businesses and/or our financial condition may be adversely impacted.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•Controlled substance legislation differs between states, and legislation in certain states may restrict or limit our ability to sell products to Cannabis Industry Participants. Our Cannabis Industry Participants may be required to obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle and/or distribute controlled substances in a state. Such state regulatory requirements may be costly and, the failure of such Cannabis Industry Participants to meet such regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to any from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law. We could be implicated in such enforcement or sanctions because of the sale of our products to such Cannabis Industry Participants.

•The failure of our Cannabis Industry Participants to comply with applicable controlled substance laws and regulations, or the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations, may adversely affect the demand for our products and, as a result, the financial results of our business operations and our financial condition.

On March 29, 2021, we and our subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Obligors") entered into a senior secured revolving loan facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan"), as administrative agent for the lenders, which was subsequently amended and currently provides for a maximum commitment amount of $35 million and terminates on June 30, 2026 (as amended, the "Revolving Credit Facility"). On October 25, 2021, we and the Subsidiary Obligors entered into a $125 million senior secured term loan facility with JPMorgan as administrative agent for the lenders, which was subsequently amended (the "Term Loan"). The Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan (collectively, the "Credit Facilities") each contain customary covenants, restrictions and defaults. The Credit Facilities prohibit us and the Subsidiary Obligors from selling our products, inventory or services directly to cannabis growers operating in any country that prohibits the sale and use of cannabis products other than in accordance with the applicable laws of such country. As a result, the Company does not sell our products, inventory or services directly to cannabis growers operating in any country that prohibits the sale and use of cannabis products other than in accordance with the applicable laws of such country. See "Risk Factors— Risks Relating to our Indebtedness" for further detail.

Intellectual Property

We own 15 issued U.S. design patents, 2 issued U.S. utility patents, 4 issued foreign patents and designs, 103 registered U.S. trademarks, and 128 registered foreign trademarks. Our 21 issued patents cover grow lighting and hydroponic systems and components. These issued patents and our registered trademarks allow us to build out our proprietary brand products. Our owned U.S. and foreign issued patents are expected to expire between 2025 and 2035.

Our ability to compete effectively depends in part on our rights to trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights we own or license. We have not sought to register every one of our trademarks either in the United States or in every country in which such mark is used. Furthermore, because of the differences in foreign trademark, patent and other intellectual property rights laws, we may not receive the same protection in other countries as we would in the United States with respect to the registered brand names and issued patents we hold. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary information, or to defend against claims by third parties that our products or services infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property. Any litigation or claims brought by or against us could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources.

We may need to obtain licenses to patents and other intellectual property rights held by third parties to develop, manufacture and market our products, if, for example, we should wish to develop products that incorporate or otherwise include, third-party patented technology. If we are unable to timely obtain these licenses on commercially reasonable terms (or at all) and maintain these licenses, our ability to commercially market our products, may be inhibited or prevented.

In addition, because the manufacturing (cultivation), harvesting, processing, distribution, sale, possession and use of cannabis is illegal under U.S. federal law, companies that transact with cannabis businesses may have restricted intellectual property rights particularly with respect to obtaining and enforcing patents and trademarks. We do not believe these restrictions apply to our business. However, if we are restricted in our ability to register, or maintain, our trademarks or to file for or enforce patents on any of our inventions, such an inability could materially affect our ability to protect our name, brand and proprietary technologies. See "— Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property" for more information on the risks associated with intellectual rights.

Human Capital

Our success depends on management implementing effective human resource initiatives in order to recruit, develop and retain key employees. At Hydrofarm we believe that having a strong support base will allow for greater productivity and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

satisfaction and we are committed to open and healthy communication with our workforce. We seek to create an inclusive work environment in order to foster an innovative and team-oriented culture.

As of December 31, 2024, we had 286 total employees globally, of which 285 are full-time employees, as compared to 369 total employees as of December 31, 2023. Of our total employees, approximately 66% are located in the United States, and the remainder primarily in Canada. During 2024 and 2023, we reduced headcount and we may implement further reductions in the future to create operational efficiencies. Additionally, we use temporary workers as needed to provide flexibility for our business including for seasonal projects.

Our compensation philosophy is to implement a program that enables us to attract, motivate, reward, and retain high-performing employees who can create and sustain value for our stockholders over the long term. In addition, our compensation program is designed to provide a fair and balanced opportunity that appropriately rewards employees for their direct contributions to our success. We offer a comprehensive benefits platform including an Employee Assistance Program where our employees can seek professional assistance with psychological and other challenges.

Workplace safety is important to our business culture and we believe that a safe and empowered workforce is critical to the success of our business. We maintain health and safety programs, including our Environmental Health and Safety ("EHS") management system. Our associates participate in safety committees, hazard identification, work order resolutions and mandatory compliance training. Additionally, we participate in third party health and safety inspections to meet regulatory requirements. To evaluate our health and safety performance, we use an EHS scorecard composed of leading and lagging indicators, such as progress measurements for behavioral-based safety and hazard observations, near-miss reporting, and total recordable incident rates.

Corporate Structure

We have been in the business of supplying indoor gardeners since 1977. We conduct our business through our wholly-owned, direct and indirect subsidiaries.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in January 2017 under the name Innovation Acquisition One Corp. Our predecessor company, originally called Applied Hydroponics, Inc., was founded in 1977 in Northern California. We changed our name to Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. on August 3, 2018. Our principal executive offices are located at 1510 Main Street, Shoemakersville, Pennsylvania 19555 and our telephone number is (707) 765-9990. Our website address is www.hydrofarm.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not, and shall not be deemed to be part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have included our website address in this Annual Report on Form 10-K solely as an inactive textual reference. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), are filed with the SEC. Such reports and other information filed by us with the SEC are available free of charge on our website at investors.hydrofarm.com when such reports are available on the SEC’s website. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The information contained on the websites referenced in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this filing. Further, our references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Smaller Reporting Company

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that are summarized below. The below summary of risk factors should be read together with the more detailed discussion of risks set forth following this section.

Risks Relating to Our Business

•competitive industry pressures;

•expenses and risks associated with our restructuring activities;

•long-lived assets and inventories represent a significant portion of our total assets and we may be required to record impairments or write-downs in future periods;

•if we fail to manage our inventory effectively, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity may be materially and adversely affected;

•the risk of damage to, loss of, or theft of our inventory;

•manufacturing risks;

•the risk that adverse weather may impact our peat harvest;

•the risk of product defects;

•our proprietary brand offerings expose us to various risks;

•our ability to keep pace with technological advances;

•the costs of potential tariffs or a global trade war;

•increased prices and inflation could negatively impact our margin performance and our financial results;

•our commitments to long-term leases and our ability to renew or exit our leases;

•the costs and risks of operating internationally;

•our ability to comply with environmental regulations;

•interruptions in our supply chain;

•increasing scrutiny, costs and compliance with environmental, social and governance practices;

•the impact of climate change on our facilities and operations;

•limitations and possible failures of our internal control systems;

•our ability to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;

•damage to our reputation could have an adverse effect on our business;

•our marketing activities may not be successful;

•a disruption or breach of our information technology systems;

•potential inaccuracies in our estimates and assumptions relied upon in preparing consolidated financial statements;

•acquisitions, other strategic alliances and investments could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences that may adversely impact our business and results of operations;

•possible difficulties in raising sufficient capital to fund our operations; and

•the potential for product liability lawsuits.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

•significant risks associated with our outstanding and future indebtedness of certain of our subsidiaries;

•our ability to make our debt service payments pursuant to the Credit Facilities; and

•restrictions imposed by our Credit Facilities, including on our ability to sell products directly to the cannabis industry.

Risks Relating to Third Parties

•if our suppliers sell directly into the retail market that we conduct our current or future business in, or our customers manufacture and sell competitive products, we may face increased competition;

•disruption in our global supply chain or vendor relationships may make sourcing more difficult;

•a significant interruption in the operation of our or our suppliers’ facilities could impact our capacity to produce products and service our customers, which could adversely affect revenues and earnings; and

•if our suppliers are unable to source raw materials or the prices of raw materials increase, this may adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Relating to the Cannabis Industry

•federal and state regulations pertaining to the use and cultivation of cannabis may adversely affect our business;

•our products are subject to varying, inconsistent and rapidly changing laws;

•we are subject to a number of risks, directly and indirectly, because cannabis is illegal under federal law;

•our indirect involvement in the cannabis industry could adversely affect our public reputation; and

•businesses involved in the cannabis industry are subject to a variety of laws and regulations related to money laundering, financial recordkeeping and proceeds of crimes.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Relating to Other Regulations

•we may be restricted by certain state and other regulations pertaining to the use of certain ingredients in grow media and plant nutrients, including the use of pesticides; and

•we may be restricted by certain U.S., state and foreign laws regarding how we collect, store and process personal information.

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property

•we may not be able to adequately obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;

•we may need to rely on licenses to proprietary technologies, which could be difficult or expensive to obtain; and

•we may become subject to costly intellectual property disputes that require us to divert resources from our usual operations.

Risks Relating to Our Capital Stock

•we may incur indebtedness or issue capital stock that ranks senior or equally to our common stock with certain liquidation preference and other rights, which may dilute our stockholders’ ownership interest;

•certain provisions in the Credit Facilities, our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove current management or to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with directors, officers or employees;

•our ability to meet the continued listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market; and

•the market price of our common stock may be volatile.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties including those described below. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks or others not specified below materialize, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our competitors and potential competitors may develop products and technologies that are more effective or commercially attractive than our products.

Our products compete against national and regional products and private label products produced by various suppliers, many of which are established companies that provide products that perform functions similar to our products. Our competitors may develop or market products that are more effective or commercially attractive than our current or future products. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial, operational, marketing and technical resources than we do. Moreover, some of these competitors may offer a broader array of products and sell their products at prices lower than ours, and may have greater name recognition. In addition, we may face competition from new entrants into our field. Due to this competition, we may encounter difficulties in generating revenues and capturing market share. In addition, increased competition may lead to reduced prices and/or margins for products we sell. We may not have the financial resources, relationships with key suppliers, technical expertise or marketing, distribution or support capabilities to compete successfully in the future.

Our restructuring activities may increase our expenses and cash expenditures, and may not have the intended effects.

In connection with our restructuring plans, we have implemented a number of restructuring initiatives designed to streamline our operations, reduce costs, and improve efficiencies during the industry recession. See "Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition And Results of Operations – Market Conditions" below for more information regarding our restructuring plans. Restructuring actions typically result in charges and cash expenditures that may adversely affect financial results for one or more periods, and efforts to minimize or eliminate such expenditures may not be successful. Moreover, restructuring actions can create unanticipated consequences, such as instability or distraction among our workforce or among management.

We cannot assure you that any restructuring plans or any other cost-saving initiatives we may undertake will be successful. A variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, could cause us not to realize expected cost savings, including, but not limited to, unexpected costs incurred in connection with consolidating and/or closing certain operations or asset write-downs, delays or difficulty terminating leases, unexpected integration challenges, unintended attrition and temporary instability. Any of these factors could hamper our ability to grow and meet customer demand in future periods. If we are unable to structure our operations in light of evolving market conditions, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We may not successfully develop new products or improve existing products or maintain our effectiveness in reaching consumers through rapidly evolving communication vehicles.

Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to improve our existing products and to develop, manufacture and market new products to meet evolving consumer needs. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in developing, manufacturing and marketing new products or product innovations which satisfy consumer needs or achieve market acceptance, or that we will develop, manufacture and market new products or product innovations in a timely manner. If we fail to successfully develop, manufacture and market new products or product innovations, or if we fail to reach existing and potential consumers, our ability to maintain or grow our market share may be adversely affected, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the development and introduction of new products and product innovations require substantial research, development and marketing expenditures. We may be unable to invest in new products and innovations, and may be unable to recoup any such investments if our new products or innovations do not achieve market acceptance.

Many of the products we distribute and market, such as our fertilizers and nutrients, contain ingredients that are subject to regulatory approval or registration with certain U.S., Canadian and/or international regulators. The need to obtain such approval or registration could delay the launch of new products or product innovations that contain such ingredients or otherwise prevent us from developing and manufacturing certain products and product innovations. Failure to properly register

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and maintain these registrations for these products could result in significant penalties, additional costs, product stop-sales or recalls.

Long-lived assets and inventories represent a significant portion of our total assets and we may be required to record impairments or write-downs in future periods.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024 includes $249.0 million of intangible assets, net, $50.6 million of inventories, $37.5 million of property, plant, and equipment, net, and $42.9 million of operating lease right-of-use assets. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, we recorded significant allowances for obsolete inventory and restructuring charges associated with inventory write-downs.

Long-lived assets, such as intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events, changes or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our long-lived assets is necessary, we would have to record the appropriate charge, which could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Inventories consist of manufactured goods, goods acquired for resale, and materials consumed in business operations. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, and we maintain an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based upon assumptions about current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions. We have experienced sales declines, which we believe are primarily a result of agricultural oversupply impacting our market. The extent to which these market conditions will continue to impact our business, results of operations, and cash flows are uncertain and difficult to predict at this time, and may result in lower margins, inventory write-downs, accounts receivable allowances, and impairments of our long-lived assets which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to manage our inventory effectively, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity may be materially and adversely affected.

Our business requires us to manage inventory effectively. We depend on our forecasts of demand for, and popularity of, various products to make purchase decisions and to manage our inventory of stock-keeping units. Demand for products, however, can change significantly between the time inventory or components are ordered and the date of sale. Demand may be affected by seasonality, new product launches, rapid changes in product cycles and pricing, product defects, promotions, changes in consumer spending patterns, changes in consumer tastes with respect to our products and other factors, and our consumers may not purchase products in the quantities that we expect. It may be difficult to accurately forecast demand and determine appropriate levels of product or components. From time to time in the normal course of business, we enter into agreements with our suppliers pursuant to which we are required to purchase minimum amounts of inventory over a defined time period. We receive favorable pricing terms in exchange for this arrangement, but such agreements could lead to an oversupply of inventory. If we fail to manage our inventory effectively or negotiate favorable credit terms with third-party suppliers, we may be subject to a heightened risk of inventory obsolescence, a decline in inventory values, and significant inventory write-downs or write-offs. In addition, if we are required to lower sale prices in order to reduce inventory level or to pay higher prices to our suppliers, our profit margins might be negatively affected. Any of the above may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our inventory is vulnerable to damage or loss caused by accidents or natural disasters, and we face the risk of theft of our products from inventory or during shipment.

Our inventory is stored at warehouses in the United States, Canada and Spain. Our inventory is vulnerable to accidents, fire, flood, earthquakes, and similar events that may impact our facilities. Any damage to or loss of all or a significant portion of our inventory could cause significant delays in shipment of goods to our customers, resulting in negative publicity about and diminished customer confidence in our business. In addition, we may experience theft of our products while they are being held in inventory, or during the course of their shipment to other warehouses within our network, or during shipment to our customers. We maintain insurance to cover losses resulting from theft. Nevertheless, if our security measures fail, losses exceed our insurance coverage or are not otherwise covered by insurance, or we are not able to maintain insurance at a reasonable cost, we could incur significant losses from damage, loss or theft, any of which could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

We are exposed to manufacturing risks that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are exposed to manufacturing risks generally and there is no assurance that our manufacturing activities will not cause us to incur material unexpected costs or liabilities. Our manufacturing processes may experience problems including equipment malfunctions, facility contamination, labor problems, raw material shortages or contamination, natural disasters,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

power outages, terrorist activities, safety and certification issues, or disruptions in the operations of our suppliers which could result in product defects, product recalls, product liability claims and insufficient inventory or supply of product for our customers. For example, the nutrient and fertilizer manufacturing operations may expose us to handling potentially hazardous or explosive chemicals. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from such chemicals, and any accident caused by such chemicals could result in cleanup costs, diversion of management attention and potential liability, all of which could affect our reputation, business and results of operations. Any defects in the products we manufacture may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or canceled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or of our manufacturing processes or facilities may subject us to regulatory enforcement, fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down, temporarily halt operations or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects may result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product or adversely affect product sales or our reputation. The storage, handling, production and disposal of materials in our manufacturing facilities may expose us to liability under environmental laws and regulations. Potentially significant expenditures could also be required to comply with evolving interpretations of existing environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or any new such laws and regulations (including laws and regulation related to global climate change and its impact) that may be adopted in the future. Costs associated with failure to comply with such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our peat bogs are susceptible to sudden changes in weather and the impacts of climate change.

We maintain a peat moss harvesting operation in Alberta, Canada. Peat bogs rely on predictable weather; sun and wind are required to dry the top surface, and too much rain can cause compaction and impede the ability of vacuum harvesters to collect the peat. Peat must be harvested during a narrow window of three to six months during the summer/ fall, and if summer is late or especially wet, this can have an adverse impact on the year’s harvest. Conversely, if temperatures are too high, this can cause an increase in peat decomposition rates, and extended droughts can aggravate such decomposition. Any of these risks may be further exacerbated by climate change and the heightened risk of forest fires. If our peat bogs are damaged or our peat harvest is less than anticipated for one or more seasons, this could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

A significant product defect or product recall could materially and adversely affect our brand image, causing a decline in our sales and profitability, and could reduce or deplete our financial resources.

Provided we are successful in developing and selling our products, any product defect could materially harm our brand image and could force us to conduct a product recall. This could damage our relationships with our customers. A product recall would be particularly harmful to us because it could potentially consume significant financial and administrative resources to effectively manage a product recall and it would detract management’s attention from implementing our core business strategies. As a result, a significant product defect or product recall could cause a decline in our sales and profitability and could reduce or deplete our financial resources.

Our proprietary brand offerings expose us to various risks.

We have invested in acquisition and development of our proprietary brand offerings. Although we believe that our proprietary brand products offer value to our customers and generally provide us with higher gross margins than comparable third-party branded products we sell, the expansion of our proprietary brand offerings also subjects us to certain specific risks in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this section, such as:

•potential mandatory or voluntary product recalls;

•supply chain disruptions;

•our ability to successfully obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights (including defending against counterfeit, knock offs, grey-market, infringing or otherwise unauthorized goods); and

•our ability to successfully navigate and avoid claims related to the proprietary rights of third parties.

An increase in sales of our proprietary brands may also adversely affect our sales of our vendors’ products, which may, in turn, adversely affect our relationship with our vendors. Our failure to adequately address some or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Potential tariffs or a global trade war could increase the cost of our products, which could adversely impact the competitiveness of our products and our financial results.

The United States has imposed tariffs on certain imports from China, including on lighting and environmental control equipment manufactured in China, as well as tariffs on steel and aluminum products produced in other countries. In addition, the United States announced tariffs on products from Canada and Mexico before pausing such tariffs prior to going into effect. If the U.S. administration imposes additional tariffs, or if additional tariffs or trade restrictions are implemented by the United States or other countries the cost of our products manufactured in China and imported into the United States or other countries could increase, which in turn could adversely affect the demand for these products and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Furthermore, tariffs on products imported into the United States from Canada, including relating to our peat business, could adversely affect the demand for these products. In addition, political tensions between and among the United States and China and certain other countries have escalated in recent years. Rising political tensions could reduce trade, investment and other economic activities between the two major economies. We cannot predict whether the countries in which our components and materials are sourced, or may be sourced in the future, will be subject to new or additional tariffs and trade restrictions imposed by the United States or other foreign governments, including the likelihood, type, effect, or magnitude of any such restrictions and their overall impact on our business and our operating results. We also may be unable to quickly and effectively react to such actions to mitigate the impact to our business. The tariffs described above, the adoption and expansion of trade restrictions, the occurrence of a trade war, or other governmental action related to tariffs, trade agreements or related policies have the potential to adversely impact our supply chain and access to equipment, and our costs and ability to economically serve certain markets. Any such cost increases or decreases in availability could slow our growth and cause our financial results and operational metrics to suffer. There is current uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other countries with respect to trade policies, taxes, government regulations, and tariffs and we cannot predict whether, and to what extent, U.S. trade policies will change in the future, including as a result of changes by the incoming U.S. presidential administration. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Increased prices and inflation could negatively impact our margin performance and our financial results.

We are exposed to increased inflation, including rising and fluctuating prices for raw materials, parts and components, freight, packaging, labor, and energy, which impact the costs to manufacture and distribute our products, and we may be unable to pass these costs on to our customers. If inflation in these costs increases beyond our ability to control for them through measures such as implementing operating efficiencies, we may not be able to increase prices to sufficiently offset the effect of various cost increases without negatively impacting customer demand, thereby negatively impacting our margin performance and results of operations.

We occupy many of our facilities under long-term non-cancellable leases, and we may be unable to renew, sublease or terminate and exit our leases.

Many of our manufacturing facilities and distribution centers are located on leased premises subject to non-cancellable leases. Typically, our leases have initial terms ranging from three to twelve years, with options to renew for specified periods of time. We believe that our future leases will likely also be long-term and non-cancellable and have similar renewal options. If we close or stop fully utilizing a facility, we will most likely remain obligated to perform under the applicable lease, which would include, among other things, making the base rent payments and paying insurance, taxes and other expenses on the leased property for the remainder of the lease term. In addition, we have executed sublease and/or third party logistics agreements at certain of our facilities. We may choose to sublease additional space, close certain operations and/or terminate lease agreements. We may remain liable for sublease obligations if the sublessee does not perform, or incur additional liabilities as a result of our third party logistics agreements. Our inability to sublease excess space, terminate a lease when we stop fully utilizing a facility or exit a market can have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

In addition, at the end of the lease term and any renewal period for a facility, we may be unable to renew the lease without substantial additional cost, if at all. If we are unable to renew our facility leases, we may close or relocate a facility, which could subject us to construction and other costs and risks, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. Further, we may not be able to secure a replacement facility in a location that is as commercially viable. Having to close a facility, even briefly to relocate, could reduce the sales that such facility would have contributed to our revenues. We have experienced delays in relocating certain of our facilities as a result of issues impacting the availability of transportation and the provision of other services necessary to open the new location, and may continue to experience similar delays in the future.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A disruption in the operations of our freight carriers, higher shipping costs or shipping delays could disrupt our supply chain and could negatively impact our margin performance and our financial results.

We are dependent on commercial freight carriers to deliver our products. If the operations of these carriers are disrupted for any reason, we may be unable to timely deliver our products to our customers who may choose alternative products causing our net revenues and gross margin to decline. When fuel costs increase, our freight costs generally do so as well. In addition, we operate abroad and international sales carry higher shipping costs which could negatively impact our gross margin and results of operations. If freight and energy costs materially increase and we are unable to successfully pass all or significant portions of the increase along to our customers, or we cannot otherwise offset such increases in our cost of net revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be adversely affected.

Our international operations make us susceptible to the costs and risks associated with operating internationally.

We operate distribution centers in Canada and Spain and we source and sell products globally. We are subject to risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including:

•fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

•limitations on the remittance of dividends and other payments by foreign subsidiaries;

•additional costs of compliance with local regulations;

•additional costs associated with fuel prices and freight/import expenses;

•additional costs of tariffs;

•in certain countries, historically higher rates of inflation than in the United States;

•changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or demand for our products in these markets;

•restrictive actions by multi-national governing bodies, foreign governments or subdivisions thereof;

•changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting our ability to hire and retain employees;

•changes in U.S. and foreign laws regarding trade and investment;

•less robust protection of our intellectual property rights under foreign laws;

•difficulty in obtaining distribution and support for our products; and

•our ability to collect trade receivables in foreign jurisdictions.

In addition, our operations outside the United States are subject to the risk of new and different legal and regulatory requirements in local jurisdictions, potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations and potentially adverse tax consequences. The costs associated with operating our continuing international business could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows in the future.

Government laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, could result in material costs or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The manufacturing, composition, packaging, storage, distribution and labeling of our products and the manner in which our business operations are conducted must comply with an extensive array of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations. If we are not successful in complying with the requirements of all such regulations, we could be fined or other actions could be taken against us by the applicable governing body, including the possibility of a required product recall. Any such regulatory action could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. It is also possible that governments and regulatory agencies will increase regulation, including the adoption of further regulations relating to the transportation, storage or use of certain ingredients, to enhance homeland security or protect the environment and such increased regulation could negatively impact our ability to obtain raw materials, components and/or finished goods or could result in increased costs. In particular, legislators, consumers, investors and other stakeholders are increasingly focusing on climate change, petroleum usage, waste, recycled material content, and other sustainability concerns pertaining to companies’ ESG policies. Concern over climate change may result in new or increased legal and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate negative impacts to the environment or may result in new reporting and disclosure requirements. In the event that such

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations result in increased product or administrative costs, we may not be in a position to increase selling prices, and therefore an increase in costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some of our products have compositions that are controlled by various state, federal and international laws and regulations that are subject to change. We are required to comply with these laws and regulations and we seek to (i) anticipate regulatory developments that could impact our ability to continue to produce and market our products and (ii) maintain product formulations that comply with such laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that we will not be required to alter the composition and/or labelling of one or more of our products in a way that will have an adverse effect upon the product’s efficacy or marketability. A delay or other inability of the Company to complete product research and development and successfully reformulate and/or relabel our products in response to any such regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations that impose various environmental controls on our business operations, including, among other things, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the handling, use, treatment, storage and clean-up of solid and hazardous wastes and the investigation and remediation of soil and groundwater affected by hazardous substances. Such laws and regulations may otherwise relate to various health and safety matters that impose burdens upon our operations. These laws and regulations also impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up current sites, past spills, disposals and other releases of hazardous substances. The environmental laws under which we operate are complicated, often become increasingly more stringent. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be required to incur additional expenditures to remain in or to achieve compliance with environmental laws in the future or that any such additional expenditures will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our products and operations may be subject to increased regulatory and environmental scrutiny in jurisdictions in which we do business. For example, we are subject to regulations relating to our harvesting of peat moss in Canada, which has come under increasing regulatory and environmental scrutiny at the federal, provincial and territorial levels. The remediation of the Company's peat bog sites is under provincial oversight. Failure by the Company to comply with such oversight could result in fines, current or future loss of peat bog leases, or other penalties.

Additionally, approximately 14%, based on acreage, of our peat bog sites are currently deemed non-compliant by environmental and legal authorities, and at this time we are unable to operate or harvest at these sites. We have contracted with a third-party engineering company in order to regain compliance, but there is no guarantee that these efforts will be successful. Failure by the Company to regain compliance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Additional laws and regulations require that we carefully manage our supply chain for the production, distribution and sale of goods. Our failure to comply with any of these regulations or our inability to adequately predict the manner in which these local regulations are interpreted and applied to our business by the applicable enforcement agencies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to optimize our supply chain or disruption of our supply chain could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to make, move and sell products in coordination with our suppliers is critical to our success. Our inability to maintain sufficient internal production capacity or our inability to enter into co-packing arrangements on terms that are beneficial to us could have an adverse effect on our business. Failure to adequately handle increasing production costs and complexity, turnover of personnel, or production capability and efficiency issues could materially impact our ability to cost effectively produce our products and meet customer demand.

Additionally, damage or disruption to our production or distribution capabilities resulting from weather, any potential effects of climate change, natural disaster, disease, crop spoilage, fire or explosion, flooding, terrorism, pandemics, strikes, repairs or enhancements at our facilities, or other reasons, could impair our ability to produce or sell our products. Failure to take adequate steps to mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and may require additional resources to restore our supply chain.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our environmental, social and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks.

Companies are facing increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their ESG practices and disclosure. Investor advocacy groups, investment funds and influential investors are also increasingly focused on these practices, especially as they relate to the environment, climate change, health and safety, supply chain management, diversity, labor conditions and human rights, both in our own operations and in our supply chain. Further, there is an increasing number of federal and state-level anti-ESG initiatives in the United States that may conflict with other regulatory requirements or our various stakeholders' expectations. Increased ESG-related compliance costs for us as well as among our suppliers, vendors and various other parties within our supply chain could result in material increases to our overall operational costs. Failure to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could negatively impact our reputation, ability to do business with certain partners, access to capital, and our stock price.

Climate change may impact the availability of our facilities, we may incur substantial costs to comply with climate change legislation and related regulatory initiatives, and weather conditions could adversely impact financial results.

Changing weather patterns and the increase in frequency of weather events such as forest fires, flooding, hurricanes and tornadoes could cause disruptions or the complete loss of our facilities. In addition, climate change concerns, and changes in the regulation of such concerns, including greenhouse gas emissions, could also subject us to additional costs and restrictions, including increased energy and raw materials costs which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. The effects of climate change can have an adverse effect not only to our operations, but also that of our suppliers and customers, and can lead to increased regulations and changes in consumer preferences, which could also adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our garden center customers and certain of our manufacturing facilities can be heavily impacted by weather conditions. For example, periods of abnormally wet or dry weather can adversely impact the sale of certain products, while increasing demand for other products with the overall impact to us difficult to predict. Additionally, our outdoor harvesting and other manufacturing operations may be impacted by adverse weather conditions or changing weather patterns which may adversely impact our ability to produce and sell our products.

If we fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting or fail to comply with other regulations, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reporting, and the price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, insurance and other expenses that we would not incur as a private company. As a public company, we are required to file with the SEC annual and quarterly information and other reports pursuant to the Exchange Act. We are also required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare financial statements that are fully compliant with all SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. We may not be successful in complying with these obligations and the significant commitment of resources required for complying with them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain an effective internal control environment or to comply with the numerous legal and regulatory requirements imposed on public companies, we could make material errors in, and be required to restate, our financial statements. Any such restatement could result in a loss of public confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and sanctions imposed on us by the SEC. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. If we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, as applicable, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. In the past, our management has identified weaknesses in our internal controls. Although our management believes such weaknesses have been remediated, our internal control over financial reporting may still or could in the future have weaknesses and conditions that could require correction or remediation and result in additional costs, the disclosure of which may have an adverse impact on the confidence of investors and the price of our common stock. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely affect our public disclosures regarding our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may

TABLE OF CONTENTS

raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

We are a "smaller reporting company" and, because we have opted to use the reduced reporting requirements available to us, certain investors may find investing in our securities less attractive.

We are a "smaller reporting company" under the SEC’s disclosure rules, and as such, we are permitted to comply with scaled-back disclosure obligations in our SEC filings compared to other issuers, including with respect to disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We have elected to adopt certain of the accommodations available to smaller reporting companies. Until we cease to be a smaller reporting company, the scaled-back disclosure in our SEC filings will result in less information about our company being available than for other public companies. If investors consider our common stock less attractive as a result of our election to use the scaled-back disclosure permitted for smaller reporting companies, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our share price may be more volatile.

Damage to our reputation could have an adverse effect on our business.

Maintaining our strong reputation is a key component in our success. Product recalls, any inability to ship, sell or transport our products, governmental investigations and other matters may harm our reputation and acceptance of our products, which may materially and adversely affect our business operations, decrease sales and increase costs.

In addition, perceptions that the products we distribute and market are not safe could adversely affect us and contribute to the risk that we will be subjected to legal action. We distribute and market a variety of products, such as nutrients, and grow media. On occasion, allegations or news reports may be made that some of these products have failed to perform up to expectations or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property. Public perception that the products we distribute or market are not safe could impair our reputation, involve us in litigation, damage our brand names and have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our marketing activities may not be successful.

Our advertising, consumer promotions and other marketing activities are intended to maintain, extend and expand our brand image. There can be no assurance that our marketing strategies will be effective or that the amount we spend in advertising activities will result in a corresponding increase in sales of our products. If our marketing initiatives are not successful, we will have incurred expenses without the benefit of higher revenues.

Our operations may be impaired if our information technology systems, or those of our third-party vendors, fail to perform adequately or if we or our third-party vendors are the subject of a data breach or cyber-attack.

We rely on information technology systems in order to conduct business, including communicating with employees and our distribution centers, ordering and managing materials from suppliers, selling and shipping products to retail customers and analyzing and reporting results of operations, as well as for storing sensitive, personal and other confidential information. While we have taken steps to ensure the security of our information technology systems, our security measures or those of our third-party vendors may not be effective and our or our third-party vendors’ systems may nevertheless be vulnerable to computer viruses, security breaches and other disruptions from unauthorized users. If our or our third-party vendors’ information technology systems are damaged or cease to be available or function properly for an extended period of time, whether as a result of a significant cyber incident or otherwise, our ability to communicate internally as well as with our customers and vendors could be significantly impaired, which may adversely impact our business. We may also have increased exposure to certain technology risks during integration of systems of acquired companies into our existing platform.

Additionally, the techniques used to obtain unauthorized, improper or illegal access to information technology resources are constantly evolving, may be difficult to detect quickly and often are not recognized until after they have been launched against a target. We may be unable to anticipate these techniques, react in a timely manner or implement adequate preventative or remedial measures. Any operational failure or breach of security from these increasingly sophisticated cyber threats could lead to the loss or disclosure of both our and our customers’ financial, product, and other confidential information, as well as personally identifiable information about our employees or customers, result in negative publicity and expensive and time-consuming regulatory or other legal proceedings, damage our relationships with our customers and have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation. In addition, we may incur significant costs and operational consequences in connection with investigating, mitigating, remediating, eliminating and putting in place additional tools and devices designed to prevent future actual or perceived security incidents, as well as in connection with complying with any notification or other

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obligations resulting from a security incident. Because we do not control our third-party vendors, or the processing of data by our third-party vendors, our ability to monitor our third-party vendors’ data security is limited and we cannot ensure the integrity or security of the measures they take to protect and prevent the loss of our or our consumers’ data. As a result, we are subject to the risk that cyber-attacks on, or other security incidents affecting, our third-party vendors may adversely affect our business even if an attack or breach does not directly impact our systems.

While we maintain cyber risk insurance, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all losses from any breaches of our systems and does not extend to reputational damage or costs incurred to improve or strengthen systems against future threats or activity. Cyber risk insurance has also become more difficult and expensive to obtain, and we cannot be certain that our current level of insurance or the breadth of its terms and conditions will continue to be available on economically reasonable terms.

The estimates and judgments we make, or the assumptions on which we rely, in preparing our consolidated financial statements could prove inaccurate.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of our assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, the amounts of charges accrued by us and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We cannot assure, however, that our estimates, or the assumptions underlying them, will not change over time or otherwise prove inaccurate. Any potential litigation related to the estimates and judgments we make, or the assumptions on which we rely, in preparing our consolidated financial statements could have a material adverse effect on our financial results, harm our business, and cause our share price to decline.

Unanticipated changes in our tax provisions, the adoption of new tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities could affect our profitability and cash flows.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States federal jurisdiction and various local, state and foreign jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes to our operating structure, changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets (such as net operating losses and tax credits) and liabilities, changes in tax laws and the discovery of new information in the course of our tax return preparation process. In particular, the carrying value of deferred tax assets is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income of the appropriate character in the relevant jurisdiction.

From time to time, tax proposals are introduced or considered by the U.S. Congress or the legislative bodies in local, state and foreign jurisdictions that could also affect our tax rate, the carrying value of our deferred tax assets, or our tax liabilities. Our tax liabilities are also affected by the amounts we charge for inventory, services, licenses and funding. We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. In connection with these audits (or future audits), tax authorities may disagree with our determinations and assess additional taxes. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of our audits in order to determine the appropriateness of our tax provision and financial statements. As a result, the ultimate resolution of our tax audits, changes in tax laws or tax rates, and the ability to utilize our deferred tax assets could materially affect our tax provision, net income and cash flows in future periods.

We may be limited in our ability to utilize, or may not be able to utilize, net operating loss carryforwards to reduce our future tax liability.

As of December 31, 2024, we had U.S. federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of approximately $183.8 million, the utilization of which may be limited annually due to certain change in ownership provisions of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Our federal NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2037. See Note 13 - Income Taxes, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a further discussion of the carryforward of our NOLs. As of December 31, 2024, we maintained a valuation allowance of approximately $75.3 million on the majority of our domestic and foreign net deferred tax assets.

An "ownership change" (generally defined as greater than 50-percentage-point cumulative changes in the equity ownership of certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period) under Section 382 of the Code may limit our ability to utilize fully our pre-change NOL carryforwards to reduce our taxable income in periods following the ownership change. In general, an ownership change would limit our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards to an amount equal to the aggregate value of our equity at the time of the ownership change multiplied by a specified tax-exempt interest rate, subject to increase by certain built-in gains. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to our state NOL carryforwards. In addition, future changes in

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our stock ownership, some of which may be beyond our control, could result in additional ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code.

Acquisitions, other strategic alliances and investments could result in operating difficulties, dilution, and other harmful consequences that may adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Acquisitions have been an important element of our overall corporate strategy, and these transactions entailed material investments by us that are material to our financial condition and results of operations. We may evaluate and enter into discussions regarding potential strategic transactions. The process of integrating an acquired company, business, or product has created, and will continue to create, unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. The areas where we face risks may include, but are not limited to:

•diversion of management’s time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges;

•failure to successfully further develop the acquired business or products;

•implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies at the acquired company;

•integration of the acquired company’s accounting, information technology (IT) systems, human resources and other administrative systems, and coordination of product, engineering and sales and marketing functions;

•transition of operations, users and customers onto our existing platforms;

•reliance on the expertise of our strategic partners with respect to market development, sales, local regulatory compliance and other operational matters;

•failure to obtain required approvals on a timely basis, if at all, from governmental authorities, or conditions placed upon approval, under competition and antitrust laws which could, among other things, delay or prevent us from completing a transaction, or otherwise restrict our ability to realize the expected financial or strategic goals of an acquisition;

•in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries;

•cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization, and retention of employees from the businesses we acquire;

•liability for or reputational harm from activities of the acquired company before the acquisition or from our strategic partners, including patent and trademark infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities; and

•litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties.

Our due diligence may fail to identify all liabilities associated with acquisitions and we may not assess the relative benefits and detriments of making an acquisition and may pay acquisition consideration exceeding the value of the acquired business. Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and investments or strategic alliances could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions, investments or alliances, incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business generally.

Our acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and purchased long-lived assets, and restructuring charges, any of which could harm our financial condition or results of operations and cash flows.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify appropriate acquisition targets or potential strategic transactions, successfully execute such potential transactions, or successfully integrate the business of acquired companies to realize the full, anticipated benefits of such acquisitions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we need additional capital to fund our operations, we may not be able to obtain sufficient capital and may be forced to limit the scope of our operations.

We may experience increased capital needs and accordingly, we may not have sufficient capital to fund our future operations without additional capital investments. There can be no assurance that additional capital will be available to us to fund our operations and the execution of our strategies.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities.

We face a potential risk of product liability as a result of any of the products that we offer for sale. For example, we may be sued if any product we sell allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in: (i) decreased demand for products that we may offer for sale; (ii) injury to our reputation; (iii) costs to defend the related litigation; (iv) a diversion of management’s time and our resources; (v) substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients; (vi) product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions; or (vii) a decline in our stock price. Our inability to retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop. We may have to pay amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our insurance coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

The Credit Facilities contain, and future debt facilities may contain, restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business; we fund interest and amortization payments from cash flows generated in our operations, and to the extent that cash flows deteriorate, it could be difficult or impossible to timely make our debt service payments or obtain additional debt financing.

We maintain a substantial amount of debt, and we may incur additional debt in the future to help fund our business. Our substantial indebtedness and interest expense could adversely affect our business and results of operations, including:

•limiting our ability to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations in other areas of our business, including for working capital, expanding our infrastructure, capital expenditures and other general business activities and investment opportunities in our company, because we must dedicate a substantial portion of these funds to pay interest and/or service our debt and because the documents contain restrictions on certain of those actions;

•impacting our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition as interest rates fluctuate, as our Credit Facilities incur interest at a floating rate;

•requiring us to seek to incur further indebtedness in order to make the capital expenditures and other expenses or investments necessary to operate the business to the extent our future cash flows are insufficient;

•requiring us to refinance the Revolving Credit Facility if the lenders do not agree to extend the maturity date beyond June 30, 2026;

•limiting our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and the execution of our strategy, and other expenses or investments planned by us;

•limiting our flexibility and our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to react to competitive pressures and adverse changes in government regulation, our business and our industry;

•our inability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness (which could result in an event of default and acceleration if we fail to comply with the requirements of our indebtedness); and

•increasing our vulnerability to a downturn in our business and to adverse economic and industry conditions generally.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The existing Credit Facilities (as discussed in more detail in "Item 7. Management’s Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan") contain, and any documents governing our or our subsidiaries’ future indebtedness may contain, numerous financial and operating covenants that limit the discretion of management with respect to certain business matters. Such restrictive covenants include restrictions on, among others, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to: (1) incur additional indebtedness; (2) create or suffer to exist any liens upon any of our or our subsidiaries’ property; (3) pay dividends and other distributions or enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; (4) make investments; (5) make certain loans; (6) dispose of assets; (7) merge, amalgamate, combine or consolidate; (8) engage in certain transactions with stockholders or affiliates; (9) amend or otherwise alter the terms of our or our subsidiaries’ indebtedness; and (10) alter the business that we currently conduct. The existing Credit Facilities also require us, and any documents governing our and our subsidiaries’ future indebtedness may require, to meet certain financial ratios and tests in order to enter into certain transactions, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends and other actions. In addition, if we become subject to the financial ratios and tests that are specified in the Revolving Credit Facility, noncompliance with such ratios and tests would be an event of default.

We and our Subsidiary Obligors’ ability to comply with these and other provisions of the existing Credit Facilities is dependent on our future performance, which will be subject to many factors, some of which are beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or noncompliance with any applicable financial ratios and tests could result in an event of default under the existing debt agreements, which, if not cured or waived, could result in acceleration of the related debt and the acceleration of debt under other instruments evidencing indebtedness that may also contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions. Variable rate indebtedness subjects us and the Subsidiary Obligors to the risk of higher interest rates, which could cause our future debt service obligations to increase significantly.

The Credit Facilities have restrictions on our ability to sell our products directly to the cannabis industry.

Our Credit Facilities each contain customary covenants, restrictions and defaults. The Credit Facilities prohibit us and the Subsidiary Obligors from selling our products, inventory or services directly to cannabis growers operating in any country that prohibits the sale and use of cannabis products other than in accordance with the applicable laws of such country. We are in compliance with the terms set forth in the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan and maintain policies and procedures that are designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with such requirements.

These compliance requirements may require that we be more selective than our competitors when selecting to whom we sell our products, and in certain situations, may afford our competitors a competitive advantage if we are not able to sell our products to a certain customer, and may negatively impact our marketing efforts, sales and reputation in the market. Moreover, the breach of any of these compliance requirements may result in the occurrence of an event of default under each of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan, which would entitle JPMorgan, as administrative agent on behalf of the lenders party to such agreements, to terminate the commitments thereunder and declare all loans then outstanding to be due and payable. The foregoing events would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Substantially all of our and our Subsidiary Obligors’ assets are pledged to secure obligations under the Credit Facilities.

We and our Subsidiary Obligors have granted a continuing security interest in substantially all of our assets to JPMorgan. If we or the Subsidiary Obligors default on any of our obligations under such agreements, JPMorgan will be entitled to exercise remedies available to them resulting from such default, including increasing the applicable interest rate on all amounts outstanding to the stated default rate, declaring all amounts due thereunder immediately due and payable, assuming possession of the secured assets, and exercising all other rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, as applicable then in the United States, or the Personal Property Security Act, as applicable then in Canada. Our ability to conduct our business may be materially harmed as a result of the exercise of any remedies, in the event that such remedies are exercisable, by JPMorgan.

Risks Relating to Third Parties

Disruptions in the availability or increases in the prices of raw materials sourced by suppliers could adversely affect our results of operations.

We source many of our product components from outside of the United States. The general availability and price of those components can be affected by numerous forces beyond our control, including political instability, trade restrictions and other government regulations, duties and tariffs, price controls, the availability of shipping and transportation services, changes in currency exchange rates and weather.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A significant disruption in the availability of any of our key product components could negatively impact our business. In addition, increases in the prices of key commodities and other raw materials could adversely affect our ability to manage our cost structure. Market conditions may limit our ability to raise selling prices to offset increases in our raw material costs. Our proprietary technologies can limit our ability to locate or utilize alternative inputs for certain products. For certain inputs, new sources of supply may have to be qualified under regulatory standards, which can require additional investment and delay bringing a product to market.

If our suppliers that currently, or will in the future, sell directly to the retail market in which we conduct our current or future business, or if our customers that currently, or will in the future, manufacture and sell competitive products, our ability to sell certain products could be harmed.

Distributed brand suppliers may sell through us in order to access our customers across the United States and Canada. Based on our knowledge and communication with our suppliers, we believe some of our suppliers sell directly to the retail market. If these suppliers were to cease working with us, or proceed to enhance their direct-to-customer efforts, our product offerings, reputation, operation and business could be materially adversely affected. Certain of our customers may also begin, or enhance, their manufacturing of goods that compete with our product offerings, potentially reducing demand of our products. As our suppliers and customers more directly compete in our market, we could experience a decrease in market share and operations.

Disruption in our global supply chain or vendor relationships may negatively impact our businesses.

The products we sell are sourced from a variety of domestic and international vendors, and any disruption in our supply chain or inability to find qualified vendors and access products that meet requisite quality and safety standards in a timely and efficient manner could adversely impact our businesses. The loss or disruption of such supply arrangements for any reason, including for issues such as health epidemics or pandemics, labor disputes, loss or impairment of key manufacturing sites, inability to procure sufficient raw materials, quality control issues, ethical sourcing issues, a supplier’s financial distress, natural disasters, looting, vandalism or acts of war or terrorism, trade sanctions or other external factors over which we have no control, could interrupt product supply and, if not effectively managed and remedied, have a material adverse impact on our business operations, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to maintain supplier arrangements and relationships, if we are unable to contract with suppliers at the quantity and quality levels needed for our business, or if any of our key suppliers becomes insolvent or experience other financial distress, we could experience disruptions in production, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A significant interruption in the operation of our or our suppliers’ facilities could impact our capacity to produce products and service our customers, which could adversely affect revenues and earnings.

Operations at our and our suppliers’ facilities are subject to disruption for a variety of reasons, including fire, flooding or other natural disasters, disease outbreaks or pandemics, acts of war, terrorism, government shut-downs and work stoppages. A significant interruption in the operation of our or our suppliers’ facilities, especially for those products manufactured at a limited number of facilities, such as fertilizer and liquid products, could significantly impact our capacity to sell products and service our customers in a timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our customer relationships, revenues, earnings and financial position.

If our suppliers are unable to source raw materials in sufficient quantities, on a timely basis, and at acceptable costs, our ability to sell our products may be harmed.

The manufacture of some of our products is complex and requires precise high quality manufacturing that is difficult to achieve. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, difficulties in manufacturing our products on a timely basis and in sufficient quantities. These difficulties may result in increased delivery lead-times and increased costs of manufacturing these products. Our failure to achieve and maintain the required manufacturing standards could result in further delays or failures in product testing or delivery, cost overruns, product recalls or withdrawals, increased warranty costs or other problems that could harm our business and prospects.

In determining the required quantities of our products and the manufacturing schedule, we must make significant judgments and estimates based on historical experience, inventory levels, current market trends and other related factors. Because of the inherent nature of estimates, there could be significant differences between our estimates and the actual amounts of products we require, which could harm our business and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Relating to the Cannabis Industry

It is evident to us that the movement towards the legalization of cannabis in the United States and its legalization in Canada has ultimately had a significant, positive impact on our industry. Accordingly, the risks referred to below, to the extent they relate to our customers could impact us indirectly. In addition, if our business is deemed to transact with companies in the United States involved in the cannabis business, these risks could apply directly to us. "Cannabis Industry Participants" means the potential customers and end-users of our products who are engaged in the cannabis industry.

We are subject to a number of risks, directly and indirectly through Cannabis Industry Participants, because cannabis is illegal under federal law.

Cannabis is illegal under U.S. federal law. Federal law and enforcement may adversely affect the implementation of medical cannabis and/or adult use cannabis laws, and may negatively impact our revenues and profits.

Under the CSA, the U.S. federal government currently lists cannabis as a Schedule I controlled substance (i.e., deemed to have no medical value), and accordingly the manufacturing (cultivation), sale, or possession of cannabis is federally illegal. It is also federally illegal in the United States to advertise the sale of cannabis or to sell paraphernalia designed or intended primarily for use with cannabis, unless the paraphernalia is authorized by federal, state, or local law. The U.S. Supreme Court ruled in United States v. Oakland Cannabis Buyers’ Cooperative, 532 U.S. 483 (2001) and Gonzales v. Raich, 545 U.S. 1 (2005) that the U.S. federal government has the right to regulate and criminalize cannabis, even for medical purposes. The illegality of cannabis under U.S. federal law preempts state laws that legalize or decriminalize its use. Therefore, strict enforcement of U.S. federal law regarding cannabis would likely adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Other laws that directly impact Cannabis Industry Participants include:

•Businesses trafficking in cannabis may not take tax deductions for costs beyond costs of goods sold under Code Section 280E. There is no way to predict how the federal government may treat cannabis businesses from a taxation standpoint in the future and no assurance can be given to what extent Code Section 280E, or other tax-related laws and regulations, may be applied to cannabis businesses in the future.

•Federal bankruptcy courts cannot provide relief for parties who engage in cannabis businesses. Recent bankruptcy rulings have denied bankruptcies for cannabis dispensaries upon the justification that businesses cannot violate federal law and then claim the benefits of federal bankruptcy for the same activity and upon the justification that courts cannot ask a bankruptcy trustee to take possession of, and distribute cannabis assets as such action would violate the CSA. Therefore, cannabis businesses may not be able to seek the protection of the bankruptcy courts and this could materially affect their financial performance and/or their ability to obtain or maintain credit.

•Since cannabis is illegal under federal law, there is a strong argument that banks cannot accept for deposit funds from businesses involved in the cannabis industry. Consequently, businesses involved in the cannabis industry often have difficulty finding a bank willing to accept their business. Any such inability to open or maintain bank accounts may make it difficult for cannabis businesses to operate. Under the BSA, banks must report to the federal government any suspected illegal activity, which includes any transaction associated with a cannabis business. These reports must be filed even though the business is operating legitimately under state law.

•Insurance that is otherwise readily available, such as general liability and directors and officer’s insurance, may be more difficult to find, and more expensive.

Any presidential administration, current or future, could change federal enforcement policy or execution and decide to enforce the federal cannabis laws more strongly. Recent administrations have disagreed on how strongly to enforce federal cannabis laws. For example, on August 29, 2013, the DOJ under the Obama administration issued the Cole Memorandum, characterizing strict enforcement as an inefficient use of federal investigative and prosecutorial resources. The Cole Memorandum provided guidance to all federal prosecutors indicating that federal enforcement of the CSA against cannabis-related conduct should be focused on specific priorities, including cannabis distribution to minors, violence in connection with cannabis distribution, cannabis cultivation on federal property, and collection of cannabis-derived revenue by criminal

TABLE OF CONTENTS

enterprises, gangs and cartels. On January 4, 2018, the DOJ under the Trump administration issued the Sessions Memorandum, which effectively rescinded the Cole Memorandum and directed federal prosecutors to enforce the CSA and to follow well-established principles when pursuing prosecutions related to cannabis activities. The DOJ under the Biden administration did not readopt the Cole Memorandum, but former President Biden indicated support for decriminalization of cannabis. On October 6, 2022, former President Biden issued an executive order pardoning all persons convicted of simple possession of cannabis under the CSA. In the same executive order, former President Biden also directed the Secretary of HHS and the Attorney General to initiate an administrative process to review the scheduling of cannabis under the CSA, and on August 29, 2023, the Department of HHS officially recommended that the DEA reschedule cannabis from Schedule I to Schedule III, although the DEA is not obligated to follow this recommendation. Further, on December 2, 2022, former President Biden signed into law the Medical Marijuana and Cannabidiol Research Expansion Act, which streamlines and expands the process for researching the medical use of cannabis. On May 16, 2024, the DOJ announced that the Attorney General submitted a notice of proposed rulemaking process for rescheduling cannabis. The DEA held a preliminary hearing on the proposed rescheduling of cannabis on December 2, 2024. We cannot predict how the current administration or future administrations will enforce the CSA or other laws against cannabis activities. Any change in the federal government’s enforcement of current federal laws could cause significant financial damage to us. The legal uncertainty and possible future changes in law could negatively affect our growth, revenues, results of operations and success generally.

Unless and until cannabis is de-scheduled entirely or Congress amends the CSA with respect to medical and/or adult use cannabis, there is a risk that federal prosecutors may enforce the existing CSA. Federal authorities may decide to change their current posture and begin to enforce current federal cannabis law and, if they decide to ignore the principles in the Cole Memorandum and begin to aggressively enforce such laws, it is possible that they could allege that we violated federal laws by selling products used in the cannabis industry. As a result, active enforcement of the current federal regulatory position on cannabis may directly or indirectly adversely affect our revenues and profits.

Cannabis Industry Participants are subject to federal and state controlled substance laws and regulations. As a result, we are indirectly subject to a number of risks related to controlled substances.

Some of our products are sold to Cannabis Industry Participants and used in connection with cannabis businesses that are subject to federal and state controlled substance laws and regulations. Companies that transact directly or indirectly with cannabis businesses are subject to a number of risks related to controlled substances, which risks could reduce demand for our products by Cannabis Industry Participants. Such risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•Cannabis is currently a Schedule I drug under the CSA and regulated by the DEA as an illegal substance. The FDA, in conjunction with the DEA, licenses cannabis research and drugs containing active ingredients derived from cannabis. If cannabis were to become legal under federal law, its sale and use could become regulated by the FDA or another federal agency.

•If cannabis were to become regulated by the FDA or another federal agency, extensive regulations may be imposed on the sale or use of cannabis. Such regulations could result in a decrease in cannabis sales and have a material adverse impact on the demand for our products. If we or our Cannabis Industry Participants are unable to comply with any applicable regulations and/or registration prescribed by the FDA, we may be unable to continue to transact with retailers and resellers who sell products to cannabis businesses and/or our financial condition may be adversely impacted.

•Controlled substance legislation differs between states, and legislation in certain states may restrict or limit Cannabis Industry Participants from buying our products. Cannabis Industry Participants may be required to obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle and/or distribute controlled substances in a state. Such state regulatory requirements may be costly and, the failure of such Cannabis Industry Participants to meet such regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law. We could be implicated in such enforcement or sanctions because of the purchase of our products by such Cannabis Industry Participants.

Furthermore, the Credit Facilities restrict our ability and the ability of the Subsidiary Obligors to sell our products directly to U.S. cannabis growers.

Our growth is highly dependent on the U.S. cannabis market. In the past, California regulations caused licensing shortages and future regulations may create other limitations that decrease the demand for our products. State level regulations adopted in the future may adversely impact our business. Supply and demand and prevailing prices for cannabis may also adversely impact our business.

The base of cannabis growers in the United States has grown over the past 20 years since the legalization of cannabis in various U.S. states such as California, Colorado, Michigan, Nevada, Oregon and Washington, with growers depending on products similar to those we distribute. If the U.S. cannabis cultivation market does not grow as expected, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Cannabis remains illegal under U.S. federal law, with cannabis currently listed as a Schedule I substance under the CSA. Notwithstanding laws in various states permitting certain cannabis activities, all cannabis activities, including possession, distribution, processing and manufacturing of cannabis and investment in, and financial services or transactions involving proceeds of, or promoting such activities remain illegal under various U.S. federal criminal and civil laws and regulations, including the CSA, as well as laws and regulations of several states that have not legalized some or any cannabis activities to date. Compliance with applicable state laws regarding cannabis activities does not protect us from federal prosecution or other enforcement action, such as seizure or forfeiture remedies, nor does it provide any defense to such prosecution or action. Cannabis activities conducted in or related to conduct in multiple states may potentially face a higher level of scrutiny from federal authorities. Penalties for violating federal drug, conspiracy, aiding, abetting, bank fraud and/or money laundering laws may include prison, fines, and seizure/forfeiture of property used in connection with cannabis activities, including proceeds derived from such activities.

We sell our products through third-party retailers and resellers, however, it is evident to us that the movement towards the legalization of cannabis in the United States and its legalization in Canada has ultimately had a significant, positive impact on our industry. We are not currently subject directly to any state laws or regulations controlling participants in the legal cannabis industry. However, regulation of the cannabis industry does impact those that we believe represent many end-users for our products and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that changes in regulation of the industry and more rigorous enforcement by federal authorities will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Legislation and regulations pertaining to the use and cultivation of cannabis are enacted on both the state and federal government level within the United States. As a result, the laws governing the cultivation and use of cannabis may be subject to change. Any new laws and regulations limiting the use or cultivation of cannabis and any enforcement actions by state and federal governments could indirectly reduce demand for our products, and may impact our current and planned future operations.

Individual state laws allowing the cultivation and possession of cannabis for adult and medical uses conflict with federal laws prohibiting the cultivation, possession and use of cannabis for any purpose. A number of states have passed legislation legalizing or decriminalizing cannabis for adult use, other states have enacted legislation specifically permitting the cultivation and use of cannabis for medicinal purposes, and several states have enacted legislation permitting cannabis cultivation and use for both adult and medicinal purposes. Variations exist among those states’ cannabis laws. Evolving federal and state laws and regulations pertaining to the use or cultivation of cannabis, as well as active enforcement by federal or state authorities of the laws and regulations governing the use and cultivation of cannabis may indirectly and adversely affect our business, our revenues and our profits.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acceptance in a manner that we can predict. The demand for these products is dependent on the growth of these industries, which is uncertain, as well as the laws governing the growth, possession, and use of cannabis by adults for both adult and medical use.

Scientific research related to the benefits of cannabis remains in its early stages, is subject to a number of important assumptions, and may prove to be inaccurate. Future research studies and clinical trials may reach negative conclusions regarding the viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to medical cannabis, which could materially impact the demand for our products for use in the cannabis industry.

The public’s perception of cannabis may significantly impact the cannabis industry’s success. Both the medical and adult use of cannabis are controversial topics, and there is no guarantee that future scientific research, publicity, regulations, medical opinion, and public opinion relating to cannabis will be favorable. The cannabis industry is constantly evolving with no guarantee of viability. The market for medical and adult use of cannabis is uncertain, and any adverse or negative publicity, scientific research, limiting regulations, medical opinion and public opinion (whether or not accurate or with merit) relating to the consumption of cannabis, whether in the United States or internationally, may have a material adverse effect on our operational results, consumer base, and financial results. Among other things, such a shift in public opinion could cause state jurisdictions to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical or adult use cannabis or adopt new laws or regulations restricting or prohibiting the medical or adult use of cannabis where it is now legal, thereby limiting the business of Cannabis Industry Participants.

Subsequently, demand for our products may be negatively impacted depending on how laws, regulations, administrative practices, enforcement approaches, judicial interpretations, and consumer perceptions develop. We cannot predict the nature of such developments or the effect, if any, that such developments could have on our business.

Our indirect involvement in the cannabis industry could affect the public’s perception of us and be detrimental to our reputation.

Damage to our reputation can be the result of the actual or perceived occurrence of any number of events, and could include any negative publicity, whether true or not. Cannabis has often been associated with various other narcotics, violence and criminal activities, the risk of which is that our retailers and resellers that transact with cannabis businesses might attract negative publicity. There is also risk that the action(s) of other participants, companies and service providers in the cannabis industry may negatively affect the reputation of the industry as a whole and thereby negatively impact our reputation. The increased use of social media and other web-based tools used to generate, publish and discuss user-generated content and to connect with other users has made it increasingly easier for individuals and groups to communicate and share opinions and views with regard to the cannabis industry in general, cannabis companies and their activities, whether true or not. We do not have control over how the cannabis industry is perceived by others. Reputation loss may result in decreased investor confidence, increased challenges in developing and maintaining community relations and an impediment to our overall ability to advance our business strategy and realize our growth prospects, thereby having a material adverse impact on our business.

In addition, third parties with whom we may do business could perceive that they are exposed to reputational risk as a result of our retailers’ and resellers’ involvement with cannabis businesses. Failure to establish or maintain business relationships due to reputational risk arising in connection with the nature of our business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

outlines extensive due diligence and reporting requirements. On June 29, 2020, FinCEN issued additional guidance for financial institutions conducting due diligence and filing suspicious activity reports in connection with hemp-related business customers. While these guidelines clarify that financial institutions are not required to file suspicious activity reports solely based on a customer’s hemp-related business operations that comply with applicable state law and regulations, these requirements can still present challenges for certain end users of our products in establishing and maintaining banking relationships, and restrictions on cannabis-related banking activities remain. The U.S. House of Representatives has passed the SAFE Banking Act numerous times, and, if enacted, this bill would protect banks and credit unions from federal prosecution for providing services to cannabis companies. However, the Senate has thus far failed to pass the SAFE Banking Act or other similar legislation. Compliance with applicable state laws regarding cannabis activities does not protect from federal prosecution or other enforcement action, such as seizure or forfeiture remedies, nor does it provide any defense to such prosecution or action. Cannabis-related activities conducted in or related to conduct in multiple states may potentially face a higher level of scrutiny from federal authorities. Changes to current DOJ or Treasury Department policies or current state laws or regulations might adversely affect the legal risks under federal anti-money laundering laws posed by the acceptance directly by our distributors or indirectly by us of proceeds of our end users’ cannabis growing activities.

Risks Relating to Other Regulations

Certain state and other regulations pertaining to the use of certain ingredients in grow media and plant nutrients could adversely impact us by restricting our ability to sell such products.

One of our leading product lines is grow media and nutrients products. This product line includes certain products, such as organic soils and nutrients that contain ingredients that require product registrations with certain regulators. The use and disposal of these products in some jurisdictions are subject to regulation by various agencies. A decision by a regulatory agency to significantly restrict the use of such products that have traditionally been used in the cultivation of our products could have an adverse impact on us or those companies providing us with such regulated products, and as a result, limit our ability to sell these products.

We are currently subject to, and may in the future become subject to additional, U.S., state and foreign laws and regulations imposing obligations on how we collect, store and process personal information. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

We are, and may increasingly become, subject to various laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations, relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The regulatory environment related to data privacy and security is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. These laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible that they will be interpreted and applied in ways that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In the United States, various federal and state regulators, including governmental agencies like the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Federal Trade Commission, have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations concerning personal information and data security. Certain state laws may become more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, all of which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act ("CCPA"), which increases privacy rights for California residents and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information, came into effect on January 1, 2020. Among other things, the CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers and provide such consumers new data protection and privacy rights, including the ability to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. In addition, on November 3, 2020, California voters approved a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act ("CPRA"). The CPRA came into effect on January 1, 2023, and significantly modifies the CCPA, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain personal information and creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts. In total, twenty states have enacted comprehensive data privacy laws similar to the CCPA, with several additional state privacy laws planned to take effect in 2025. In addition, laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in the U.S. Congress of a new comprehensive federal data privacy law to which we would become subject to if it is enacted.

Internationally, laws, regulations and standards in many jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information. For example, the European Union ("EU") General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR"), which became effective in May 2018, greatly increased the jurisdictional reach of the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

European Commission's laws and added a broad array of requirements for handling personal data. EU member states are tasked under the GDPR to enact, and have enacted, certain implementing legislation that adds to and/or further interprets the GDPR requirements and potentially extends our obligations and potential liability for failing to meet such obligations. The GDPR, together with national legislation, regulations and guidelines of the EU member states and the United Kingdom governing the processing of personal data, impose strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, use, retain, protect, disclose, transfer and otherwise process personal data. In particular, the GDPR includes obligations and restrictions concerning the consent and rights of individuals to whom the personal data relates, the transfer of personal data out of the European Economic Area or the United Kingdom, security breach notifications and the security and confidentiality of personal data. The GDPR authorizes fines for certain violations of up to 4% of global annual revenue or €20 million, whichever is greater.

All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs, such as costs related to organizational changes, implementing additional protection technologies, training employees and engaging consultants, which are likely to increase over time. In addition, such requirements may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, distract management or divert resources from other initiatives and projects, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with any applicable federal, state or similar foreign laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security could result in damage to our reputation, as well as proceedings or litigation by government agencies or other third parties, including class action privacy litigation in certain jurisdictions, which would subject us to significant fines, sanctions, awards, penalties or judgements, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Compliance with, or violation of, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including laws pertaining to the use of pesticides, could result in significant costs that adversely impact our reputation, businesses, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

International, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to environmental, health and safety matters affect us in several ways in light of the ingredients that are used in products included in our grow media and nutrients product line. In the United States, products containing pesticides generally must be registered with the EPA, and similar state agencies before they can be sold. The failure by one of our partners to obtain or the cancellation of any such registration, or the withdrawal from the marketplace of such pesticides, could have an adverse effect on our businesses, the severity of which would depend on the products involved, whether other products could be substituted and whether our competitors were similarly affected. The pesticides we may produce or distribute are either granted a license by the EPA or exempt from such a license and may be evaluated by the EPA as part of its ongoing exposure risk assessment. The EPA may decide that a pesticide we distribute will be limited or will not be re-registered for use in the United States. We cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect on our business of any future evaluations, if any, conducted by the EPA.

In addition, the end user application or use of certain pesticide products is regulated by various international, federal, state, provincial and local environmental and public health agencies. Although we strive to educate the end user with such laws and regulations, we may be unable to prevent violations of these or other laws and regulations from occurring. Even if we are able to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and obtain all necessary registrations and licenses, the pesticides or other products we distribute, could be alleged to cause injury to the environment, to people or to animals, or such products could be banned in certain circumstances. The costs of compliance, noncompliance, investigation, remediation, combating reputational harm or defending civil or criminal proceedings, products liability, personal injury or other lawsuits could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, businesses, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be able to adequately obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to our business.

Our ability to compete effectively depends in part on our rights to trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights we own or license. We have not sought to register every one of our trademarks either in the United States or in every country in which such mark is used. Furthermore, because of the differences in foreign trademark, patent and other intellectual property rights laws, we may not receive the same protection in other countries as we would in the United States with respect to the registered brand names and issued patents we hold. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including our information and/or brand names, we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The steps we take to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be deemed inadequate and despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized third parties, including our competitors, may duplicate, reverse

TABLE OF CONTENTS

engineer, access, obtain, use or copy the proprietary aspects of our technology, processes, products or services without our permission. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into confidentiality agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Moreover, our contractual arrangements may be breached or otherwise not effectively prevent disclosure of, or control access to, our intellectual property and confidential and proprietary information or provide an adequate remedy in the event of an unauthorized disclosure. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary information and/or brand names, we could suffer a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Litigation may be necessary to enforce our owned or in-licensed intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary information against claims by third parties that our products or services infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. Any litigation or claims brought by us could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources and may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, and if such defenses, counterclaims or countersuits are successful, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. Additionally, the mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions may be inadequate.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submissions, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for noncompliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance or annuity fees on any issued patents are due to be paid to the U.S Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO"), and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payments and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent or unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, nonpayment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, patents have a limited lifespan. Even if patents covering our products or services are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products or services. If one of our products requires extended development, testing and/or regulatory review, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

From time to time, we may need to rely on licenses to proprietary technologies, which may be difficult or expensive to obtain or we may lose certain licenses which may be difficult to replace, harming our competitive position.

We may need to obtain licenses to patents and other intellectual property rights held by third parties to develop, manufacture and market our products, if, for example, we sought to develop our products, in conjunction with any patented technology. If we are unable to timely obtain these licenses on commercially reasonable terms (or at all) and maintain these licenses, our ability to commercially market our products, may be inhibited or prevented, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In spite of our best efforts, our potential licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing our ability to develop and commercialize products, services and technology covered by these license agreements. If these future in-licenses are terminated, or if the underlying patents in these future licenses fail to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors may have the freedom to market products identical to ours and we may be required to cease using or commercializing our products, services and technology covered by such patents.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our products, and to use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. We may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including interference or derivation proceedings and various other post-grant

TABLE OF CONTENTS

proceedings before the USPTO and/or non-U.S. opposition proceedings. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. A successful claim of trademark, patent or other intellectual property right infringement, misappropriation or other violation against us, or any other successful challenge to the use of our intellectual property rights, could subject us to damages or prevent us from providing certain products or services, or using certain of our recognized brand names, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result of any such infringement claims, or other intellectual property claims, regardless of merit, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be compelled to seek intellectual property licenses from third parties. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees, royalties, minimum royalties and/or milestone payments and the rights granted to us could be nonexclusive, which would mean that our competitors may be able to obtain licenses to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product and/or technology or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened infringement or other intellectual property claims, we are unable to enter into licenses of the relevant intellectual property on acceptable terms. Further, if we attempt to modify a product and/or technology or to develop alternative methods or products in response to infringement or other intellectual property claims or to avoid potential claims, we could incur substantial costs, encounter delays in product introductions or interruptions in sales.

Intellectual property disputes could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the value of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent and other intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If our owned or in-licensed trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

We regard our owned and in-licensed trademarks, trade names and service marks as having significant value and as an important factor in the success of our business. The registered or unregistered trademarks, trade names and service marks that we own or in-license from third parties may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. Additionally, at times, competitors may adopt trademarks, trade names or service marks similar to the ones we own or in-license, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trademark, trade name or service mark infringement claims brought against us or our licensors by owners of other trademarks, trade names and service marks. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our owned and in-licensed trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. We may also license our trademarks, trade names and service marks out to third parties, such as our distributors. Though these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks, trade names and service marks may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks, trade names and service marks by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our intellectual property rights related to trademarks, trade names and service marks may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Relating to Our Capital Stock

We may incur indebtedness or issue capital stock that ranks senior or equally to our common stock as to liquidation preference and other rights and which may dilute our stockholders’ ownership interest.

Shares of our common stock are common equity interests in us and, as such, will rank junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") does not prohibit us from issuing any series of preferred stock that would rank senior or equally to our common stock as to dividend payments and liquidation preference. Our Certificate of Incorporation allows for our board of directors to create new series of preferred stock without further approval by our stockholders, which could adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock. We have the authority to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of our preferred stock without further

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stockholder approval. The issuances of any series of preferred stock could have the effect of reducing the amounts available to our holders of common stock in the event of our liquidation. In addition, if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the market price of our common stock could decrease. Additional issuances and sales of preferred stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales could occur, may cause prevailing market prices for our common stock to decline and may adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital in the financial markets at times and prices favorable to us. In addition, any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or equity-backed securities may dilute our stockholders’ ownership percentages and could also result in a decrease in the market value of our common stock.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL") might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Furthermore, we have the authority to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of our preferred stock without further stockholder approval, the rights of which will be determined at the discretion of the board of directors and that, if issued, could operate as a "poison pill" to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that our board of directors does not approve. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation and amended and restated bylaws (the "Bylaws") contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:

•our authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise;

•our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms and directors are only able to be removed from office for cause;

•stockholders will only be able to take action at a meeting of stockholders and will not be able to take action by written consent for any matter, except in certain circumstances;

•a special meeting of our stockholders may only be called by the chairperson of our board of directors or a majority of our board of directors;

•advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders; and

•certain amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation and any amendments to our Bylaws by our stockholders will require the approval of at least two-thirds of our then-outstanding voting power entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Various provisions of our lending agreements with JPMorgan, in addition to our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and other corporate documents, could delay or prevent a change of control.

The Credit Facilities prohibit us from undergoing a change of control. Any takeover attempt could be delayed, or prevented, if an amendment or waiver is not provided by the respective lenders. See "Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness". Moreover, certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and provisions of DGCL could delay or prevent a change of control or may impede the ability of the holders of our common stock to change our management. In particular, our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, among other things will regulate how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholders’ meetings and authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. See "Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Provisions" which is attached to this Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 4.2.

We have no direct operations and no significant assets other than the ownership of capital stock and equity interests of our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Legal and contractual restrictions in the Credit Facilities and other agreements which may govern future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries might not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our common stock or other obligations. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our

TABLE OF CONTENTS

business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of the Credit Facilities and, in addition, future debt financing, if any, may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our securities.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Accordingly, we do not expect to pay any dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future, but will review this policy as circumstances dictate. The declaration and payment of all future dividends to holders of our common stock, if any, will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, which retains the right to change our dividend policy at any time. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the terms of the Credit Facilities and, in addition, future debt financing, if any, may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our securities. Consequently, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock may be the sole source of gain on investment for the foreseeable future.

We may not meet continued listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted from the Nasdaq Capital Market, which could affect the market price and liquidity for our common stock and reduce our ability to raise additional capital.

On March 14, 2024, we received written notice (the “Notification Letter”) from The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) notifying us that we were not in compliance with the minimum bid price requirements set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) for continued listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) requires listed securities maintain a minimum closing bid price of $1.00 per share, and Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A) provides that a failure to meet the minimum closing bid price requirement exists if the deficiency continues for a period of 30 consecutive business days. Based on the closing bid price of our common stock for the 30 consecutive business days prior to the date of the Notification Letter, we did not meet the minimum closing bid price requirement. To regain compliance, the closing bid price of our common stock must be at least $1.00 per share for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days at any time prior to September 10, 2024.

On August 9, 2024, we submitted a request to Nasdaq for a 180-day extension to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. We indicated to Nasdaq that we met the continued listing requirement for market value of publicly-held shares and all other initial listing standards for the Nasdaq Capital Market, with the exception of the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, and provided notice of our intention to cure the deficiency during the extended compliance period by effecting a reverse stock split, if necessary. On June 6, 2024, our stockholders approved an amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock at a ratio between 1-for-1.1 and 1-for-25, with the decision of whether to implement such split being subject to the discretion of the board of directors.

On September 12, 2024, Nasdaq notified us that it had approved our application to transfer our listing from Nasdaq’s Global Select Market tier to the Capital Market tier. This transfer was effective at the opening of business on Friday, September 13, 2024. Nasdaq also approved an additional 180-day extension to March 10, 2025 to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement, in accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A).

On February 6, 2025, the board of directors approved a ratio of 1-for-10 for the Reverse Stock Split and on February 12, 2025, we filed the Charter Amendment, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effect a 1-for-10 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Common Stock, effective February 12, 2025 at the Effective Time and our shares of Common Stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on Nasdaq at the commencement of trading on February 13, 2025, under our existing trading symbol “HYFM”. On February 27, 2025, we regained compliance with the applicable continued listing requirements for Nasdaq Capital Market. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain compliance with the Minimum Bid Requirements or otherwise be in compliance with other Nasdaq listing criteria.

Delisting from Nasdaq could adversely affect our ability to raise additional financing through the public or private sale of equity securities, would significantly affect the ability of investors to trade our securities and would negatively affect the value and liquidity of our common stock. Delisting could also have other negative results, including the potential loss of confidence by employees, the loss of institutional investor interest and fewer business development opportunities. If our common stock is delisted by Nasdaq, the price of our common stock may decline and our common stock may be eligible to trade on the OTC Bulletin Board, another over-the-counter quotation system, or on the pink sheets where an investor may find it more difficult to dispose of their common stock or obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our common stock. Further, if we are delisted, we would incur additional costs under requirements of state “blue sky” laws in connection with any sales of our securities. These requirements could severely limit the market liquidity of our common stock and the ability of our stockholders to sell our common stock in the secondary market.

The market price of our common stock could be negatively affected by future sales of our common stock.

If our existing stockholders, our directors, their affiliates, or our executive officers, sell a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in the public market that these stockholders might sell our common stock could also depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to obtain capital, especially through an offering of equity securities.

The price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, volatile and may fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially due to a number of factors. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

•price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

•volatility in the trading prices and trading volumes of stocks in our industry;

•changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

•sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

•failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts who follow our company or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

•the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

•announcements by us or our competitors of new offerings or platform features;

•the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

•rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

•actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our results of operations;

•actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

•litigation involving us, our industry or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

•developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

•announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, services or technologies by us or our competitors;

•new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

•changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

•any significant change in our management;

•the continued threat of terrorism and the impact of military and other action, including military actions involving Russia and Ukraine and the ongoing conflict in Israel and Gaza; and

•general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the doctrine of "corporate opportunity" will not apply with respect to any director or stockholder who is not employed by us or our affiliates.

The doctrine of corporate opportunity generally provides that a corporate fiduciary may not develop an opportunity using corporate resources, acquire an interest adverse to that of the corporation or acquire property that is reasonably incident to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the present or prospective business of the corporation or in which the corporation has a present or expectancy interest, unless that opportunity is first presented to the corporation and the corporation chooses not to pursue that opportunity. The doctrine of corporate opportunity is intended to preclude officers or directors or other fiduciaries from personally benefiting from opportunities that belong to the corporation. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the doctrine of "corporate opportunity" does not apply with respect to any director or stockholder who is not employed by us or our affiliates. Any director or stockholder who is not employed by us or our affiliates will therefore have no duty to communicate or present corporate opportunities to us, and will have the right to either hold any corporate opportunity for their (and their affiliates’) own account and benefit or to recommend, assign or otherwise transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than us, including to any director or stockholder who is not employed by us or our affiliates.

As a result, certain of our stockholders, directors and their respective affiliates will not be prohibited from operating or investing in competing businesses. We therefore may find ourselves in competition with certain of our stockholders, directors or their respective affiliates, and we may not have knowledge of, or be able to pursue, transactions that could potentially be beneficial to us. Accordingly, we may lose a corporate opportunity or suffer competitive harm, which could negatively impact our business or prospects.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

General Risk Factors

If we are unable to retain key personnel, we may not be able to implement our business plan and our business may fail; our headcount reductions may cause undesirable consequences.

If we are unable to retain key personnel, our business may be materially adversely affected. We reduced headcount in 2024 and 2023, and may implement further reductions in the future to create operational efficiencies. This workforce reduction may yield unintended consequences, such as attrition beyond our intended reductions and reduced employee morale, which may cause our employees who were not affected by the headcount reductions to seek alternate employment. We cannot provide assurance that we will not undertake additional workforce reductions or that we will be able to realize cost savings and other anticipated benefits from our previous or any future workforce reduction plans. In addition, this may adversely impact our ability to respond rapidly to any new product, growth or revenue opportunities and to execute on our business plans. In light of recent inflation, we may be required to increase the compensation we offer to current and prospective employees in order to compete for talent, and any wage increases may make it more difficult for us maintain general operating expenses at desired levels.

Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time in the normal course of our business operations, we may become subject to litigation that may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required. The cost to defend such litigation may be significant and may require a diversion of our resources. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our equity incentive plans may have a dilutive effect on your percentage ownership and may result in a dilution of your voting power and an increase in the number of shares of common stock eligible for future resale in the public market, which may negatively impact the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Our equity incentive plans, including the vesting of restricted stock units and performance stock units, and the exercise of some or all of our outstanding options could result in significant dilution in the percentage ownership interest of existing investors and in the percentage ownership interest of our existing common stockholders and in a significant dilution of voting rights and earnings per share. In addition to the dilutive effects described above, the vesting or exercise of those securities would lead to an increase in the number of shares of common stock eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares of common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our shares of common stock. Substantial dilution and/or a substantial increase in the number of shares of common stock available for future resale may negatively impact the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Our security holders may be diluted by future issuances of securities by us.

In the future, we may issue our authorized but previously unissued equity securities, including additional shares of capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Such issuance of additional securities would dilute the ownership stake in us held by our existing stockholders and could adversely affect the value of our securities.

We may also issue additional shares of our common stock, warrants or other securities that are convertible into or exercisable for the purchase of shares of our common stock in connection with hiring and/or retaining employees or consultants, future acquisitions, future sales of our securities for capital raising purposes, or for other business purposes. The future issuance of any such additional shares of our common stock or other securities, for any reason including those stated above, may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock. There can be no assurance that the issuance of any additional shares of common stock, warrants or other convertible securities may not be at a price (or exercise prices) below the price a stockholder paid for its shares of our common stock.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

As a Delaware corporation, we are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices may occur from time-to-time in countries in which we conduct our business. If we are not successful in implementing and maintaining adequate preventative measures, we may be responsible for the acts of our employees or other agents engaging in such conduct. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations

Delaware law contains anti-takeover provisions that could deter takeover attempts that could be beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions of Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. Section 203 of the DGCL may make the acquisition of our company and the removal of incumbent officers and directors more difficult by prohibiting stockholders holding 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock from acquiring us, without the consent of our board of directors, for at least three years from the date they first hold 15% or more of the voting stock.

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

Cybersecurity risks are critical to our business and our process for identifying and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats have been integrated into our overall risk management system and processes. We rely on complex information technology systems and networks to conduct business, including communicating with employees and our distribution centers, ordering and managing materials from suppliers, selling and shipping products and analyzing and reporting results of operations, as well as for storing sensitive, personal and other confidential information. While we employ resources to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

monitor and protect our technology infrastructure and sensitive information, these security measures or those of our third-party vendors may not prevent all attempted data security breaches or cyber-attacks. If our or our third-party vendors’ information technology systems are damaged or cease to be available or function properly for an extended period of time, whether as a result of a significant cyber incident or otherwise, our ability to communicate internally as well as with our customers could be significantly impaired, which may adversely impact our business. Our acquisition strategy may also result in exposure to certain technology risks during integration of systems of acquired companies to our existing platform.

Addressing cybersecurity risks requires ongoing monitoring and vigilance, and the Company is making enhancements to its cybersecurity policies, procedures and practices to safeguard sensitive information as well as information from our partners, customers and employees. We employ a risk-based strategy, aligned with the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity framework, focused on safeguarding critical assets by implementing controls around access, data, and infrastructure security to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our data. Maturation and refinement of the Company's cybersecurity risk management strategy and related procedures is a continuous activity to ensure appropriate identification, assessment, and response to risks from cybersecurity threats that may adversely impact our operations. Our employee training and awareness programs are in place to improve cybersecurity awareness throughout the organization and we are committed to educating our employees on best practices for data protection, phishing awareness, and incident response. We also engage with third-party cybersecurity assessors, consultants, and auditors that provide independent assessments of our systems and processes, as well as those of certain third-party service providers, contributing to our efforts to strengthen our cybersecurity posture and enhance our defenses.

On January 31, 2022, certain computer systems related to the Aurora acquisition that had not yet been integrated into our main systems were the victim of a cybersecurity attack. We immediately took steps to isolate those systems and implemented measures to prevent the spread of the attack, including taking systems offline in an abundance of caution. Together with an outside cybersecurity forensics firm, we investigated the attack to determine its nature, scope, duration, and impacts, as well as our vulnerability to another such attack and whether there was any exfiltration or misappropriation of data. There was no evidence that the attack extended beyond the Aurora acquisition’s systems, and it was determined that no critical data was accessed. We have subsequently integrated the acquisition’s systems with our main systems, which we completed in 2024.

As of December 31, 2024, we are not aware of any cybersecurity incidents or identified risks from cybersecurity threats that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to affect, our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. There is no guarantee that cybersecurity incidents or risks from cybersecurity incidents may not be material in the future. We maintain cyber insurance coverage to supplement our cybersecurity program given the complex and evolving nature of global cyber threats; however, the insurance may not be sufficient to cover all losses from any breaches of our systems and does not extend to reputational damage or costs incurred to improve or strengthen systems against future threats or activity. Given the increasing sophisticated threats, a disruption from a cybersecurity incident is possible to occur and we are actively taking actions to minimize the likelihood and impact of such incidents. In the event of such an incident, our information security team is continuously engaged to investigate and respond, including isolating systems, performing forensics, containing and eradicating malicious activity, and recovering systems in-line with business expectations and operations.

Cybersecurity Governance

Our board of directors oversees the cybersecurity risk management program and is regularly informed of cybersecurity risks through periodic updates provided by the Director of Information Technology ("IT") and Information Security team, to address our cybersecurity processes and risk mitigation efforts. Certain members of the board of directors have cybersecurity risk certification credentials and experience with, and exposure to, cyber risk oversight. The periodic updates provided by the Director of IT and Information Security team to the board of directors generally encompass emerging cyber threats, the Company’s security posture changes, significant cybersecurity incidents, progress of risk mitigation efforts, and cybersecurity strategies and investments. The frequency of these updates allows for timely decision-making and ensures that our board of directors is fully informed of our cybersecurity risks.

Our Director of IT is responsible for identifying, assessing, and mitigating cybersecurity risks across the Company. Supported by our Information Security team, the Director of IT monitors the cyber threat landscape, plans and implements security controls, and responds to incidents. The collective team has extensive experience in information security and cybersecurity risk management and performs detection and monitoring of cybersecurity threats and incidents on an ongoing basis using a combination of security tooling, automated systems and manual processes.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 2. PROPERTIES

Information regarding each of our significant facilities, which may include multiple leases at each location, is set forth below. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our needs at this time.

Location

Square Footage

Owned or Leased

Distribution Centers:

Fairfield, CA, U.S.

175,000

Leased1

Fontana, CA, U.S.

147,000

Leased1

Gresham, OR, U.S.

98,000

Leased1

Denver, CO, U.S.

87,000

Leased

Shoemakersville, PA, U.S.

303,000

Leased1

New Hudson, MI, U.S.

126,000

Leased1

Surrey, BC, Canada

136,000

Leased1

Cambridge, ON, Canada

53,000

Leased2

Zaragoza, Spain

20,000

Owned

Manufacturing Facilities:

Arcata, CA, U.S.

76,000

Leased

Eugene, OR, U.S.

242,000

Leased3

Edmonton, AB, Canada

26,000

Leased

1 We maintain operations and have one or more operating subleases or third-party logistics agreements at this location.

2 We have subleased this property in its entirety to a tenant that provides us third-party logistics service on-site, allowing us to continue shipping our products from this location.

3 In January 2023, we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements, Note 7 – Leases for additional information about the sale and leaseback transaction at the Eugene, OR location.

In addition we own approximately 120 acres of land, including a 21,000 square foot building, in Goshen, NY, a majority of which is suitable for future industrial/commercial development located adjacent to our building. We ceased operations at this facility during the second quarter of 2024.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings, which arise in the ordinary course of business. We are currently not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock began trading on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "HYFM" on December 10, 2020. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. On February 12, 2025, the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split of its common stock, whereby each lot of ten shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the reverse stock split was converted into and became one share of common stock. In lieu of issuing any fractional shares, any stockholder entitled to receive less than one share of common stock received cash for such stockholder’s fractional share. There is no change to the par value of $0.0001. All share and per share numbers in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the reverse stock split.

Holders of our Common Stock

As of February 27, 2025, there were approximately 80 stockholders of record of our common stock. The number of stockholders of record does not include beneficial owners of our securities whose shares are held in the name of various security brokers, dealers and registered clearing agencies.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for the operation of our business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects, contractual arrangements, any limitations on payment of dividends present in any debt agreements, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Item 6. RESERVED

Reserved.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information that we believe is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. You should read this analysis in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains statements of a forward-looking nature relating to future events or our future financial performance. Actual events or results may differ materially from forward-looking statements. In evaluating such statements, you should carefully consider the various factors identified in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements, including those set forth in "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Company Overview

We are a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of branded hydroponics equipment and supplies for controlled environment agriculture ("CEA"), including grow lights, climate control solutions, grow media and nutrients, as well as a broad portfolio of innovative, proprietary branded products. We primarily serve the U.S. and Canadian markets, and believe we are one of the leading companies in these markets in an otherwise fragmented industry. For over 40 years, we have helped growers make growing easier and more productive. Our mission is to empower growers, farmers and cultivators with products that enable greater quality, efficiency, consistency, and speed in their grow projects.

Hydroponics is the farming of plants using soilless grow media and often artificial lighting in a controlled indoor or greenhouse environment. Hydroponics is the primary category of CEA and we use the terms CEA and hydroponics interchangeably. Our products are used to grow, farm, and cultivate cannabis, flowers, fruits, plants, vegetables, grains, and herbs in controlled environment settings that allow end users to control key farming variables including temperature, humidity, CO2, light intensity spectrum, nutrient concentration and pH. Through CEA, growers are able to be more efficient with physical space, water and resources, while enjoying year-round and more rapid grow cycles as well as more predictable and abundant grow yields, when compared to other traditional growing methods.

Market Conditions

We have experienced adverse financial results which we believe is primarily a result of an agricultural oversupply impacting our market and resulting in a decrease in indoor and outdoor cultivation. The extent these market conditions will continue to negatively impact our business and results of operations is uncertain and difficult to predict at this time. We believe COVID-19 may have provided a positive demand impact for the Company in 2020 and 2021 from shelter-in-place orders in the United States, a possible negative supply chain impact from workforce disruption at international and domestic suppliers, and a possible negative growth rate impact in the periods since due to agricultural oversupply initiated during the height of COVID-related shelter-in-place orders in 2020 and 2021.

In 2022, we undertook the following major initiatives in connection with the first phase of our previously disclosed restructuring plan (the "Restructuring Plan"): (i) narrowing our product and brand portfolio, including removing approximately one-third of all products and one-fifth of all brands relating to our primary product portfolio, which excluded our garden center business in Canada, and (ii) relocating and consolidating certain manufacturing and distribution centers, including headcount reductions and reorganization to drive a solution based approach, focusing commercial sales on competencies and product assortment from our 2021 acquisitions. Total costs incurred relating to this first phase of the Restructuring Plan from its commencement in 2022 to its completion in 2023, were (i) $6.4 million relating primarily to inventory markdowns, and (ii) $3.4 million relating primarily to the relocation and termination of certain facilities in Canada.

As a result of the continued adverse market conditions, in the third quarter of 2023 we began a second phase of the Restructuring Plan which included U.S. manufacturing facility consolidations, in particular with respect to our production of certain durable equipment products. In 2023, we recorded $9.2 million of restructuring charges for the second phase. These charges primarily related to estimated non-cash raw material inventory write-downs as we reduced our capacity and facility

TABLE OF CONTENTS

space, given the change in customer demand for these products. These restructuring charges were primarily recorded within cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations.

In 2024, we evaluated alternatives to maximize the recovery value of our assets and the cost structure associated with manufacturing our Innovative Growers Equipment ("IGE") branded durable equipment products. In the second quarter of 2024, we entered into an agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with CM Fabrication, LLC (the "Buyer") to sell the inventories, and property, plant and equipment associated with our IGE branded products for approximately $8.7 million (the "Asset Sale"), while retaining our proprietary brand and customer relationships. In connection with the Asset Sale, we entered into an exclusive supply agreement with the Buyer, pursuant to which the Buyer provides contract manufacturing and we continue to sell our proprietary branded durable products, which include horticulture benches, racking and LED lighting systems. As a result of the Asset Sale and new contract manufacturing arrangement, we expect improved profitability on future IGE branded product sales from an anticipated decrease in fixed costs at current sales volumes. The Asset Sale closed on May 31, 2024 and we sold or disposed of approximately $11.6 million of inventories, $3.7 million of property, plant and equipment, and technology intangible assets of $2.6 million. In connection with the Asset Sale, we terminated and paid-off the facility operating lease for $1.3 million and certain equipment finance leases for $0.7 million. We recorded a loss on asset disposition of approximately $11.5 million on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we executed further restructuring actions, including consolidation of other U.S. manufacturing facilities, and outsourcing certain distribution center locations to reduce costs and further consolidate our facility footprint. These actions resulted in restructuring charges of $2.2 million during 2024, including termination and disposal costs associated with inventory, facilities and headcount reductions. After completion of the Asset Sale and the aforementioned restructuring actions, we have now consolidated our manufacturing operations into two U.S. locations and our peat moss harvesting and processing operation in Canada. In addition, we reorganized and integrated our business activities into one operating segment in the fourth quarter of 2024. The second phase of our Restructuring Plan is substantially complete as of December 31, 2024. Given the current market conditions, we may initiate additional phases to our Restructuring Plan to further consolidate our operations and realize cost savings. We also continue to evaluate opportunities to sell excess owned land to supplement our cash position. We may incur additional charges associated with these potential actions. We anticipate the second phase of our Restructuring Plan and the related actions described above may result in annual cost savings of over $2.0 million.

We maintain an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory that is based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. While we believe our estimates of charges relating to our Restructuring Plan, long-lived assets, inventory obsolescence, and accounts receivable allowances are reasonable, it is possible that we may incur additional charges in the future and actual results may differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions. Depending on the length and severity of the industry and market conditions impacting our business, it is possible we may execute additional restructuring plan actions and incur future associated charges, and we may not be able to realize the full extent of our anticipated cost savings.

Filing Status

We qualify as a smaller reporting company in accordance with Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, and have elected to follow certain of the scaled back disclosure accommodations within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As a result, our annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting does not require an audit by our external audit firm in compliance with the provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Components of Results of Operations

Net sales

We generate net sales from the manufacturing and distribution of hydroponic equipment and supplies to our customers. The hydroponic equipment and supplies that we sell include consumable products, such as grow media, nutrients and supplies that are subject to regular replenishment and durable products, such as lighting and equipment. Our scale allows us to provide delivery and service capabilities to our customers primarily in the U.S. and Canada.

We periodically offer sales incentives to our customers, including early pay discounts, volume-based rebates, temporary price reductions, advertising credits and other trade activities. Net sales reflect our gross sales less sales incentives which are estimated and recorded at the time of sale plus amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling costs. We anticipate that sales incentives and/or the amount billed to customers for shipping and handling costs could impact our net sales and that changes in such promotional activities or freight recovery charges could impact period-over-period results.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of material costs, inbound and outbound freight costs, labor costs primarily for manufacturing and warehouse personnel, facility costs for manufacturing operations, depreciation, depletion and amortization of manufacturing and warehouse improvements and equipment, restructuring costs, and inventory allowances. We expect that our cost of goods sold would increase in absolute dollars in conjunction with net sales growth when/if that occurs in the future. However, we expect that, over time, cost of goods sold may decrease as a percentage of net sales if we achieve higher throughput at our manufacturing facilities and achieve the anticipated savings from our Restructuring Plan.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") consists primarily of facility costs for distribution operations, net of sublease and logistics agreement reimbursements, depreciation and amortization of assets, marketing and advertising, and other selling, general and administrative costs, including but not limited to salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and professional fees.

Results of Operations - Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2024, and 2023

The results of operations data in the following table, including amounts and percentages of net sales for each year and the year-to-year change in dollars and percent, for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (amounts in thousands):


	Years ended December 31,
	2024				2023				Year to year change
Net sales	$	190,288	100.0	%	$	226,581	100.0	%	$	(36,293)	-16.0	%
Cost of goods sold	158,155		83.1	%	188,969		83.4	%	(30,814)		-16.3	%
Gross profit	32,133		16.9	%	37,612		16.6	%	(5,479)		-14.6	%
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	72,794		38.3	%	87,314		38.5	%	(14,520)		-16.6	%
Loss on asset disposition	11,520		6.1	%	—		0.0	%	11,520		N/M	%
Loss from operations	(52,181)		-27.4	%	(49,702)		-21.9	%	(2,479)		-5.0	%
Interest expense	(15,237)		-8.0	%	(15,442)		-6.8	%	(205)		-1.3	%
Other income, net	1,570		0.8	%	118		0.1	%	1,452		1,230.5	%
Loss before tax	(65,848)		-34.6	%	(65,026)		-28.7	%	(822)		-1.3	%
Income tax (expense) benefit	(869)		-0.5	%	213		0.1	%	(1,082)		-508.0	%
Net loss	$	(66,717)	-35.1	%	$	(64,813)	-28.6	%	$	(1,904)	-2.9	%

"N/M" is not meaningful.

Net sales

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2024, were $190.3 million, a decrease of $36.3 million, or 16.0%, compared to the same period in 2023. The 16.0% decline was primarily due to a 12% reduction in volume and mix of products sold and a 4% decrease in price. This decline was largely driven by the previously mentioned oversupply in the cannabis industry.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2024, was $32.1 million, a decrease of $5.5 million, or 14.6%, compared to the same period in 2023. Our gross profit margin percentage increased to 16.9% for the year ended December 31, 2024, from 16.6% in the same period in 2023. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to the lower net sales in the current year. The increase in gross profit margin was largely driven by an $8.7 million decrease in restructuring charges.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

SG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024, were $72.8 million, a decrease of $14.5 million, or 16.6%, compared to the same period in 2023. SG&A expenses decreased in several areas, including as a result of our cost saving and restructuring initiatives: (i) $6.5 million decrease in employee compensation costs, including stock-based compensation and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

salaries and benefits, (ii) $4.5 million decrease in facility costs, (iii) $1.9 million decrease in insurance expenses, (iv) $1.8 million decrease in professional and outside services, and (v) $1.0 million decrease in amortization and depreciation, partially offset by $1.4 million change in accounts receivable reserves and related charges.

Loss on asset disposition

As previously described, we entered into a Purchase Agreement with Buyer to sell assets relating to the production of durable equipment products for $8.7 million. The Asset Sale closed during the second quarter of 2024, and we sold or disposed of inventories and other assets. We recorded a loss on asset disposition of $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for a further description of the Asset Sale.

Interest expense

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024, was $15.2 million, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 1.3%, compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to lower debt outstanding due to principal repayments, partially offset by higher variable interest rates on our Term Loan.

Other income, net

Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2024, was $1.6 million, an increase of $1.5 million compared to the same period in the prior year. Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2024, was primarily driven by a cash settlement arising from an outstanding litigation matter of a previously acquired entity, foreign currency exchange rate gains and interest income. Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by foreign exchange rate gains, partially offset by legal fees associated with the amendment of the Term Loan.

Income tax (expense) benefit

We recorded an income tax expense of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing an effective tax rate of (1.3)%. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2024, differs from the federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to maintaining a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in the United States and most foreign jurisdictions. The income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2024, was primarily due to current foreign tax expense in certain jurisdictions.

We recorded an income tax benefit of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, representing an effective tax rate of 0.3%. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2023, differs from the federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to maintaining a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in the United States and most foreign jurisdictions. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2023, was primarily due to minor foreign tax benefits in certain jurisdictions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flow from Operating, Investing, and Financing Activities

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2024, and 2023

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023 (amounts in thousands):


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Net cash (used in) from operating activities	$	(324)	$	7,044
Net cash from (used in) investing activities	1,669		(4,170)
Net cash (used in) from financing activities	(4,776)		6,065
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(770)		82
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(4,201)		9,021
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	30,312		21,291
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	26,111	$	30,312

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The net cash usage was primarily due to a net loss, partially offset by $9.7 million net cash inflow from a reduction in working capital. The total 2024 cash impact was a net loss of $66.7 million, less net non-cash items of $56.7 million. The $9.7 million net reduction in working capital was primarily comprised of a $14.4 million decrease of inventories, a $1.6 million decrease in accounts receivable, and a $1.6 million decrease of prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by a $8.9 million decrease of lease liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we paid $13.3 million in cash interest and we paid cash income taxes, net of refunds, of $0.2 million. As described in Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales, in connection with the Asset Sale, we estimated the amount of cash proceeds associated with the sale of inventories as $5.0 million and classified the amount within net cash from operating activities. In addition, the Company paid cash of $1.3 million to terminate the facility operating lease in connection with the Asset Sale.

Net cash from operating activities was $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily due to a $12.4 million net cash inflow from a reduction of working capital, partially offset by a reported net loss of $64.8 million less non-cash items of $59.5 million. The net reduction in working capital was primarily driven by a $26.1 million decrease of inventories, partially offset by decreases of $9.2 million of lease liabilities and $3.5 million of accrued expenses and other current liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we paid $13.1 million in cash interest and we received cash income tax refunds of $1.0 million. In both 2024 and 2023, the Company consolidated its operations in connection with restructuring and related cost saving initiatives and decreased its inventory, contributing significantly to operating cash flows.

Investing Activities

Net cash from investing activities was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. We received cash proceeds from the Asset Sale associated with the sale of property, plant and equipment of $3.7 million, and additional cash proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment of $0.9 million. These cash proceeds were partially offset by $2.9 million of capital expenditures of property, plant and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023, was $4.2 million, due primarily to capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment. In both 2024 and 2023, the capital expenditures of property, plant and equipment primarily relates to investments in our peat moss harvesting operation in Canada.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily driven by (i) $3.2 million of Term Loan repayments relating to required quarterly payments of principal and payments made in conjunction with the Sale-Leaseback Transaction and (ii) finance lease principal payments of $1.4 million which included approximately $0.7 million relating to equipment finance lease payments made in connection with the Asset Sale. Refer to further description of the Sale-Leaseback Transaction and Term Loan reinvestment provision in Part II Item 7. Term Loan.

Net cash from financing activities was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, primarily driven by $8.6 million of proceeds from the Sale-Leaseback Transaction, partially offset by $1.3 million of quarterly principal payments of the Term Loan and $1.0 million of finance lease principal payments.

Availability and Use of Cash

Our ability to make investments in our business, service our debt and maintain liquidity will primarily depend upon our ability to generate excess operating cash flows through our operating subsidiaries. We believe that our cash flows from operating activities, combined with current cash levels and borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility, will be adequate to support our ongoing operations, to fund debt service requirements, capital expenditures, lease obligations and working capital needs through the next twelve months of operations. However, we cannot guarantee that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities or that future borrowings will be available under our borrowing agreements in amounts sufficient to pay indebtedness or fund other working capital needs. Actual results of operations will depend on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control as further discussed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In January 2023, Gotham Properties LLC, an Oregon limited liability company and our subsidiary ("Seller"), consummated a Purchase and Sale Agreement with J & D Property, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company ("Purchaser") pursuant to which certain real property located in the City of Eugene, County of Lane, State of Oregon (the “Eugene Property”) was sold to Purchaser for $8.6 million and then leased back by Seller (the "Sale Leaseback Transaction"). The new lease has a

TABLE OF CONTENTS

term of 15 years with annual rent starting at approximately $0.7 million and increases to the final year when annual rent is approximately $1.0 million. The Eugene Property serves as the manufacturing and processing site for certain of our grow media and nutrient brands.

As further described in Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we closed on an Asset Sale and received gross proceeds of $8.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. In accordance with our Term Loan, the net proceeds, approximately $6.3 million, from the Asset Sale transaction are required to be reinvested into certain permitted investments, such as capital expenditures or permitted acquisitions/ investments, or offered to prepay Term Loan principal. We intend to reinvest the net proceeds from the Asset Sale into certain permitted investments, which may include capital expenditures or permitted acquisitions/ investments, if approved by the administrative agent, in accordance with provisions of the Term Loan. Refer to further discussion below, relating to Term Loan reinvestment provisions regarding the net cash proceeds of the Sale Leaseback Transaction and Asset Sale.

If necessary, we believe that we could supplement our cash position through additional asset sales or divestiture of one or more of our brands or lines of business. We believe it is prudent to be prepared if required and, accordingly, continue to be engaged in the process of evaluating and preparing to implement one or more of the aforementioned activities. Any potential such event may be subject to provisions referenced in our Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility, such as subjecting us to make mandatory prepayments.

Term Loan

On October 25, 2021, we and certain of our direct and indirect subsidiaries entered into the Term Loan with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders, pursuant to which we borrowed a $125 million senior secured term loan (the "Term Loan"). The Term Loan was amended by Amendment No. 1 effective as of June 27, 2023, to replace the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") referenced rates with Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") referenced rates. Pursuant to Amendment No. 1, any Term Loan that constitutes a Eurodollar Rate Loan that is outstanding as of the Amendment No. 1 closing date shall continue until the end of the applicable interest period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan and the provisions of the Term Loan applicable thereto shall continue and remain in effect (notwithstanding the occurrence of the Amendment No. 1 closing date) until the end of the applicable interest period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan, after which such provisions shall have had no further force or effect. Such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall subsequently either be an ABR Loan or a Term Benchmark Loan. The ABR Loans shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate (with a 2.0% floor) plus 4.50%, and Term Benchmark Loans shall bear interest at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate (with a 1.0% floor) plus 5.50%. As of the date of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the ABR Loan and Term Benchmark Loan credit spreads of 4.50% and 5.50%, respectively, within the Amendment No. 1 have not changed from the credit spreads in the original Term Loan. The Term Loan matures on October 25, 2028.

The principal amounts of the Term Loan are scheduled to be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan on the last day of each fiscal quarter commencing March 31, 2022, with the balance of the Term Loan payable on the Maturity Date of October 25, 2028.

We are also required to make mandatory prepayments in the event of (i) achieving certain excess cash flow criteria, including the achievement and maintenance of a specific leverage ratio, (ii) certain asset sales that are collateral, or (iii) upon the issuance, offering, or placement of new debt obligations. As described in Note 7 – Leases, we received net cash proceeds in January 2023 from the Sale Leaseback Transaction and are subject to a provision whereby such net cash proceeds can be reinvested into certain investments, such as capital expenditures. This provision of the Term Loan includes (i) cash investments made within a one-year period from the Sale Leaseback Transaction, and (ii) investments which are contractually committed within one-year of the Sale Leaseback Transaction, and paid within 180 days after entering into such contractual commitment. The amount of any net cash proceeds which are not reinvested requires us to make an offer to prepay the corresponding amount on the Term Loan. As of December 31, 2024, we have satisfied this provision as related to the Sale Leaseback Transaction, through a combination of payments made pursuant to the contractual commitments and additional $2.0 million repayments of the Term Loan. The foregoing description of the reinvestment provision does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Term Loan. As described in Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales, we sold assets for $8.7 million in May 2024. The net cash proceeds from the Asset Sale are subject to the same Term Loan reinvestment provision described above, including (i) cash investments made within a one-year period, and (ii) investments which are contractually committed within one-year of the Asset Sale and paid within 180 days after entering into such contractual commitment. We intend to reinvest the net proceeds from the Asset Sale into certain permitted investments, such as capital expenditures or permitted acquisitions/ investments, and no Term Loan debt principal was classified as current debt as of December 31, 2024 related to this provision. The foregoing description of the reinvestment provision does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Term Loan.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the outstanding principal balance on the Term Loan was $119.3 million and $122.5 million, respectively.

The Term Loan requires us to maintain certain reporting requirements, affirmative covenants, and negative covenants. We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2024. The Term Loan is secured by a first lien on our non-working capital assets and a second lien on our working capital assets.

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 29, 2021, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into the Revolving Credit Facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender for a revolving line of credit up to $50 million. The Revolving Credit Facility was amended by the First Amendment dated August 31, 2021, which increased the revolving line of credit by an additional $50 million for an aggregate borrowing limit of $100 million. The Revolving Credit Facility was further amended by the Second Amendment dated October 25, 2021 which, among other things, permitted the incurrence of the Term Loan and made certain other changes including subordinating its liens on non-working capital assets to the obligations under the Term Loan. The Revolving Credit Facility was further amended by the Third Amendment and Joinder dated August 23, 2022, pursuant to which several previously acquired subsidiaries became parties to the Revolving Credit Facility and granted liens on their assets. On December 22, 2022, we entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to which a sale-leaseback transaction was permitted, and certain other changes were made, including a reduction of the maximum commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility from $100 million to $75 million and transitioning the LIBOR based rates to SOFR based rates. On March 31, 2023, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into the Fifth Amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility, pursuant to which the maturity date was extended to June 30, 2026, the maximum commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility was reduced to $55 million, and the interest rate on borrowings was revised to various spreads, based on the Company's fixed charge coverage ratio. On November 1, 2024, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into the Sixth Amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to which the maximum commitment amount was reduced to $35 million.

The Revolving Credit Facility provides for various interest rate options including the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted REVSOFR30 Rate, the CB Floating Rate, the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR, or the CBFR. The rates that use SOFR as the reference rate (Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted REVSOFR30 Rate, the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR and the CBFR rate) use the Term SOFR Rate plus 1.95%. Each rate has a 0.0% floor. A fee of 0.40% per annum is charged for available but unused borrowings. Our obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by a first priority lien (subject to certain permitted liens) in substantially all of our and our subsidiaries' respective personal property assets pursuant to the terms of a U.S. and Canadian Pledge and Security Agreement dated March 29, 2021 and other security documents, as amended to include additional subsidiaries.

The Revolving Credit Facility maintains certain reporting requirements, affirmative covenants, negative covenants and financial covenants. A certain financial covenant becomes applicable in the event that our excess availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is less than an amount equal to 10% of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment (currently $35 million) and would require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1x on a rolling twelve-month basis.

In order to consummate permitted acquisitions or to make restricted payments, we would be required to comply with a higher fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.15x, but no such acquisitions or payments are currently contemplated. We received a consent from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, to permit the cash settlement of fractional shares in connection with the reverse stock split, which is described further in Part II, Item 5. Market Information.

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2024, approximately $13 million was available to borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility, before we would be required to comply with the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1x. As of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, we had zero borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility.

The aforementioned financing arrangements and other transactions are more fully described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The cash and cash equivalents balances of $26.1 million and $30.3 million at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively, included $11.9 million and $8.5 million, respectively, held by foreign subsidiaries.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Material Cash Requirements

Our estimated 2025 material cash requirements include (i) principal repayments and anticipated interest payments on our long-term debt, (ii) finance lease payments, (iii) operating lease payments, and (iv) balances subject to the Term Loan reinvestment provision, as well as other purchase obligations to support our operations. Variable rates on our Term Loan are subject to change as further described in Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. Refer to Item 8, Financial Statements, Note 10 – Debt, Note 7 – Leases, and Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies for details relating to our material cash requirements for debt, our leasing arrangements, including future maturities of our operating lease liabilities, and purchase obligations, respectively. From time to time in the normal course of business, we will enter into agreements with suppliers which provide favorable pricing in return for a commitment to purchase minimum amounts of inventory over a defined time period.

Seasonality

Our net sales are typically seasonally stronger in our first three fiscal quarters in preparation of, and during, the warmer spring and summer months in North America (the United States and Canada are our primarily markets). This seasonal trend is primarily due to the garden center portion of our customer base, and because certain of our customers may use some of our products (such as grow media and nutrients) in outdoor applications. Likely due to the industry recession, our net sales have declined which have led to seasonal patterns that may have less consistency. Also, we typically expect to utilize cash from operating activities in the first quarter to fund our working capital requirements related to the seasonal sales pattern described above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Certain accounting policies require us to make estimates and judgments in determining the amounts reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Such estimates and judgments involve varying, and possibly significant, degrees of uncertainty. Accordingly, certain amounts currently recorded in the financial statements will likely be adjusted in the future based on new available information and changes in other facts and circumstances. A discussion of our critical accounting policies that required the application of significant judgments as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows.

Long-lived tangible and finite-lived intangible assets

Long-lived tangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost. Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense is primarily provided on the straight-line method and based on the estimated useful economic lives of the long-lived assets. Intangible assets with finite lives are subject to amortization. Intangible assets with finite lives and indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment evaluation includes a comparison of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that long-lived asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. No such impairment was identified during the years ended December 31, 2024 or 2023.

We believe that the intangible asset impairment evaluations were based on reasonable assumptions that marketplace participants would use. However, such assumptions are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes to or a failure to achieve our projected business assumptions, including growth and profitability, could result in a valuation that would trigger an impairment in future periods.

Inventory valuation

Inventories consist of finished goods, work-in-process, and raw materials used in manufacturing products. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, principally determined by the first in, first out method of accounting. We maintain an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based upon assumptions about current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions. Management reviews these assumptions periodically to determine if any adjustments are needed to the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The establishment of an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost basis in the inventory. Such allowance is not reduced until the product is sold. If inventory is sold, any related reserves would be reversed in the period of sale. The Company estimates inventory markdowns relating to restructuring charges based upon current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions including management's planned actions with respect to inventory.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent accounting pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 2 – Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies — Recently issued accounting pronouncements, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of economic losses due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our primary market risks have been interest rate, foreign currency and inflation risk.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk through our variable rate debt. As of December 31, 2024, we had $119.3 million of Term Loan debt that is subject to variable interest rates that are based on SOFR or an alternate base rate. Refer to Note 10 – Debt for details relating to the debt. If the rates were to increase by 100 basis points from the rates in effect as of December 31, 2024, our interest expense on the variable rate debt would increase by an average of $1.1 million annually. There are inherent limitations in the sensitivity analysis presented, primarily due to the assumptions that interest rate changes would be instantaneous, while SOFR changes regularly. We do not currently hedge our interest rate risks, but may determine to do so in the future.

Foreign Currency Risk

The functional currencies of our foreign subsidiary operations are predominantly in the Canadian dollar ("CAD") and the Euro. For the purposes of presenting these consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with CAD or Euro functional currencies are translated into USD using exchange rates prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at the average rate prevailing during the period with exchange differences impacting other comprehensive income (loss) in equity. Therefore, our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, principally the CAD. We are impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates when we sell product in currencies different from the currency in which costs were incurred. The functional currencies and our purchasing and sales activities primarily include USD, CAD and Euro. As these currencies fluctuate against each other, and other currencies, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk on sales, purchasing transactions, and labor. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency exchange contracts and currently do not expect to enter into foreign currency exchange contracts for trading or speculative purposes.

Inflation Risk

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical costs. We cannot provide assurances that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


			Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)			56
Consolidated Balance Sheets			58
Consolidated Statements of Operations			59
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss			60
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity			61
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows			62
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements			63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Inventory Valuation - Refer to Notes 2 and 6 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, principally determined by the first in, first out method of accounting. As described in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company maintains an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory that is based upon assumptions about current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions. Management reviews these assumptions periodically to determine if any adjustments are needed to the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory.

We identified inventory valuation as a critical audit matter because of the quantitative and qualitative materiality of the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve balance, coupled with the judgments necessary to identify and record the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve timely. Additionally, our audit procedures performed to evaluate management’s estimates of the net realizable value for the inventory on-hand as of the reporting date involved a high degree of auditor judgment.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our audit procedures related to the inventory valuation included the following, among other things:

•We tested the design and implementation of internal controls over the inventory valuation process, including controls over the inputs that are used in management's valuation of the excess and obsolescence reserve analysis.

•We evaluated the appropriateness and consistency of management’s methodology and assumptions used in determining the inventory valuation of the excess and obsolescence reserve.

•We obtained the Company’s valuation of the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve calculation and tested the mathematical accuracy.

•We tested the accuracy and completeness of the underlying data used in the calculation of the Company’s valuation of the inventory excess and obsolescence reserve.

•We selected a sample of inventory items and compared the recorded unit cost against the most recent sales price to determine if inventory was recorded at lower of cost or net realizable value.

•We selected a sample of inventory items and evaluated historical sales trends, gross margins, and management’s ability to sell-through inventory.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

March 4, 2025

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	26,111	$	30,312
Accounts receivable, net	14,756		16,890
Inventories	50,633		75,354
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	3,712		5,510
Total current assets	95,212		128,066
Property, plant and equipment, net	37,545		47,360
Operating lease right-of-use assets	42,869		54,494
Intangible assets, net	249,002		275,881
Other assets	1,476		1,842
Total assets	$	426,104	$	507,643
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	12,279	$	12,613
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	10,647		9,529
Deferred revenue	2,611		3,231
Current portion of operating lease liabilities	7,731		8,336
Current portion of finance lease liabilities	459		954
Current portion of long-term debt	1,260		2,989
Total current liabilities	34,987		37,652
Long-term operating lease liabilities	37,553		47,506
Long-term finance lease liabilities	7,830		8,734
Long-term debt	114,693		115,412
Deferred tax liabilities	3,047		3,232
Other long-term liabilities	4,272		4,497
Total liabilities	202,382		217,033
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock ($0.0001 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 4,614,279 and 4,578,841 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively, giving retroactive effect to the 1-10 reverse split effected on February 12, 2025)	—		—
Additional paid-in capital	790,094		787,851
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(8,911)		(6,497)
Accumulated deficit	(557,461)		(490,744)
Total stockholders’ equity	223,722		290,610
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	426,104	$	507,643

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Net sales	$	190,288	$	226,581
Cost of goods sold	158,155		188,969
Gross profit	32,133		37,612
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative	72,794		87,314
Loss on asset disposition	11,520		—
Loss from operations	(52,181)		(49,702)
Interest expense	(15,237)		(15,442)
Other income, net	1,570		118
Loss before tax	(65,848)		(65,026)
Income tax (expense) benefit	(869)		213
Net loss	$	(66,717)	$	(64,813)

Net loss per share(1):
Basic	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)
Diluted	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding(1):
Basic	4,598,640		4,550,836
Diluted	4,598,640		4,550,836
(1) Net loss per share and Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding amounts have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split effected on February 12, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)


	Years ended December 31,
		2024		2023
Net loss		$	(66,717)	$	(64,813)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain		(2,414)		738
Total comprehensive loss		$	(69,131)	$	(64,075)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except for share amounts)


	Common Stock			Additional Paid-In Capital		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss		Accumulated Deficit		Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Shares(1)	Amount(1)
Balance, December 31, 2022	4,519,578	$	—	$	783,047	$	(7,235)	$	(425,931)	$	349,881
Issuance of common stock for vesting of stock awards	80,530	—		—		—		—		—
Shares repurchased for withholding tax on stock awards	(21,267)	—		(271)		—		—		(271)
Stock-based compensation expense	—	—		5,075		—		—		5,075
Net loss	—	—		—		—		(64,813)		(64,813)
Foreign currency translation gain	—	—		—		738		—		738
Balance, December 31, 2023	4,578,841	$	—	$	787,851	$	(6,497)	$	(490,744)	$	290,610
Issuance of common stock for vesting of stock awards	53,464	—		—		—		—		—
Shares repurchased for withholding tax on stock awards	(18,026)	—		(142)		—		—		(142)
Stock-based compensation expense	—	—		2,385		—		—		2,385
Net loss	—	—		—		—		(66,717)		(66,717)
Foreign currency translation (loss)	—	—		—		(2,414)		—		(2,414)
Balance, December 31, 2024	4,614,279	$	—	$	790,094	$	(8,911)	$	(557,461)	$	223,722
(1) Common share and par value amounts have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split effected on February 12, 2025.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)


	Years ended December 31,
Operating activities	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(66,717)	$	(64,813)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	30,691		32,075
Provision for (benefit from) doubtful accounts	314		(386)
Provision for inventory obsolescence	2,002		1,587
Non-cash restructuring expenses	806		9,703
Stock-based compensation expense	2,385		5,075
Non-cash operating lease expense	8,248		9,942
Non-cash loss from asset disposition	11,103		—
Other	1,118		1,502
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	1,616		766
Inventories	14,415		26,112
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,568		(49)
Other assets	(55)		(172)
Accounts payable	56		(1,105)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	1,648		(3,537)
Deferred revenue	(601)		(439)
Lease liabilities	(8,932)		(9,162)
Other long-term liabilities	11		(55)
Net cash (used in) from operating activities	(324)		7,044
Investing activities
Capital expenditures of property, plant and equipment	(2,892)		(4,215)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	861		96
Proceeds from Asset Sale for property, plant and equipment	3,700		—
Other	—		(51)
Net cash from (used in) investing activities	1,669		(4,170)
Financing activities
Proceeds from Sale-Leaseback Transaction	—		8,598
Payment of withholding tax related to stock awards	(142)		(271)
Borrowings under foreign revolving credit facilities	378		965
Repayments of foreign revolving credit facilities	(453)		(970)
Repayments of Term Loan	(3,197)		(1,250)
Finance lease principal payments	(1,362)		(1,007)
Net cash (used in) from financing activities	(4,776)		6,065
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(770)		82
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(4,201)		9,021
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	30,312		21,291
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	26,111	$	30,312

Non-cash investing and financing activities
Right-of-use assets relinquished under operating lease obligation	$	(1,924)	$	(1,067)
Assets acquired under finance lease obligation	—		185
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	76		200
Additions of leasehold improvements and related asset retirement obligations	—		349
Supplemental information
Cash paid for interest	13,289		13,101
Cash paid (refunds) for income taxes	201		(1,000)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Description of the business

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (collectively with its subsidiaries, the "Company") was formed in May 2017 under the laws of the state of Delaware to acquire and continue the business originally founded in 1977. The Company is a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of branded hydroponics equipment and supplies for controlled environment agriculture ("CEA"), including grow lights, climate control solutions, grow media and nutrients, as well as a broad portfolio of innovative, proprietary branded products. Products offered include agricultural lighting devices, indoor climate control equipment, nutrients, and plant additives used to grow, farm and cultivate cannabis, flowers, fruits, plants, vegetables, grains and herbs in controlled environment settings that allow end users to control key farming variables including temperature, humidity, CO2, light intensity and color, nutrient concentration and pH.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of consolidation and presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and the requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") for year-end financial reporting. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Subsequent Event - Reverse Stock Split

On February 12, 2025, the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split of its common stock, whereby each lot of ten shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the reverse stock split was converted into and became one share of common stock (the "Reverse Stock Split"). In lieu of issuing any fractional shares, any stockholder entitled to receive less than one share of common stock received cash for such stockholder’s fractional share. There is no change to the par value of $0.0001. Accordingly, the presentation of all periods covered by the consolidated financial statements, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, contained herein have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the Reverse Stock Split.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant estimates include provisions for sales returns, rebates and claims from customers, realization of accounts receivable and inventories, fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for business combinations, valuation of intangible assets, estimated useful lives of long-lived assets, incremental borrowing rate applied in lease accounting, valuation of stock-based compensation, recognition of deferred income taxes, classification of debt pursuant to certain terms in the Company's credit agreements, recognition of liabilities related to commitments and contingencies, asset retirement obligations, and valuation allowances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company reviews its estimates to ensure that these estimates appropriately reflect changes in its business or new information available.

Segment and entity-wide information

Segment information

The Company's chief operating decision maker ("CODM") is the Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO") who reviews financial information for the purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources. The Company no longer aggregates its operating segments as it has reorganized and integrated its business activities into one operating segment effective for the period ended December 31, 2024. The business is organized as one operating segment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

managed on a consolidated basis, and one reportable segment, which is the distribution and manufacture of CEA equipment and supplies.

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (ASU 2023-07), which requires additional disclosures, including an enhanced disclosure of significant segment expenses on an annual and interim basis. The Company adopted this guidance effective in the period ended December 31, 2024, and included the relevant disclosures herein.

For the purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources, the CODM reviews financial statement metrics on a consolidated basis, including net sales, gross profit, SG&A, and net income (loss) as presented in the consolidated statements of operations. Net income (loss) is the primary measure of profit or loss reviewed by the CODM. In addition, the CODM reviews consolidated total assets and significant components such as inventories, cash and other assets for the purposes of evaluating financial performance. Significant expense categories regularly reviewed by the CODM are comprised of cost of goods sold and SG&A. The other components of net income (loss) as disclosed in the statements of operations that are not significant segment expenses are loss on asset disposition, interest expense, other income, net, and income tax expense. Therefore, the Company is cross referencing to the U.S. GAAP financial statement measures as presented in the consolidated statement of operations, in connection with adoption of ASU 2023-07. Since the Company operates as one reportable segment, all required segment financial information is found in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes, and within the entity-wide disclosures presented below.

Entity-wide information

Net sales and property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets, in the United States and Canada, as determined by the location of the subsidiaries, are shown below. Other foreign locations, which are immaterial, individually and in the aggregate, are included in the United States below.


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	151,660	$	179,844
Canada	41,633		49,668
Eliminations	(3,005)		(2,931)
Total consolidated net sales	$	190,288	$	226,581


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	50,928	$	68,270
Canada	29,513		33,584
Total property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets	$	80,441	$	101,854

All of the products sold by the Company are similar and classified as CEA equipment and supplies.

Concentrations of business and credit risk

The Company maintains cash balances at certain financial institutions that can, at times, exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any losses in these accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk in this area.

Accounts receivable expose the Company to credit risks such as collectability and business risks such as customer concentrations. Exposure to losses on receivables is dependent on each customer’s financial condition. Receivables arising from sales are not collateralized; however, credit risk is somewhat mitigated as a result of the large diverse customer base. No customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues in 2024 or 2023. No customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

receivable as of December 31, 2024, or December 31, 2023. One supplier accounted for more than 10% of purchases in 2024 and 2023.

Fair value measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company has applied the framework for measuring fair value which requires a fair value hierarchy to be applied to all fair value measurements. All financial instruments recognized at fair value are classified into one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Level 1 — Valuation based on quoted prices (unadjusted) observed in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuation techniques based on inputs that are quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not in active markets; inputs other than quoted prices used in a valuation model that are observable for that instrument; and inputs that are derived from or, corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 — Valuation techniques with significant unobservable market inputs.

The Company measures certain non-financial assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets and intangible assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Foreign currency matters

The Company reports its financial results in United States dollars, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates. The functional currency for each of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally its local currency. Monetary assets and liabilities, and transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the exchange rate in effect at the end of each period. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the determination of net loss and classified as other income, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the end of each period. Revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Accumulated deficit and other equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Translation gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity.

The effect of currency translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents is presented separately in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash includes funds deposited in banks. Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments such as term deposits and money market instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

Accounts receivable, net

Trade accounts receivable represents amounts due from customers. Other receivables represent other current non-trade receivables. Allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s estimate of amounts in its existing accounts receivable that may not be collected due to customer claims or customer inability or unwillingness to pay. The allowance is estimated based on a combination of factors, including, but not limited to the age of the account, the credit worthiness of the customer, payment terms, the customer’s historical payment history and general economic conditions. Management reviews these factors quarterly to determine if any adjustments are needed to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable are written off when the receivables are deemed uncollectible. Subsequent collections are recorded in SG&A on the consolidated statement of operations when they are received.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods, work-in-process, and raw materials used in manufacturing products. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, principally determined by the first in, first out method of accounting. The Company maintains an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based upon assumptions about current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions. Management reviews these assumptions periodically to determine if any adjustments are needed to the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The establishment of an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost basis in the inventory. Such allowance is not reduced until the product is sold or otherwise disposed. If inventory is sold, any related reserves would be reversed in the period of sale. During the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company estimated inventory markdowns relating to restructuring charges based upon current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions including management's actions with respect to inventory raw materials and products and brands being removed from the Company's portfolio.

Leases

Leases are accounted for under Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 842 - Leases. At inception of a contract, the Company determines whether that contract is or contains a lease. A contract is or contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Leases are then classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the location of expense recognition in the consolidated statements of operations.

Right-of-use assets ("ROU") represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term while lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discount basis. All leases greater than 12 months result in the recognition of a ROU and a lease liability at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. The present value of the lease payments is calculated using the applicable weighted-average discount rate. The weighted-average discount rate is based on the discount rate implicit in the lease, or if the implicit rate is not readily determinable from the lease, the applicable incremental borrowing rate is estimated. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated using the currency denomination of the lease and the contractual lease term. To determine the incremental borrowing rate, reference is made to interest rates that would be available to finance assets similar to the assets under lease in their related geographical location.

The Company accounts for lease components separately from non-lease components, other than for office equipment. The Company has certain leases that include one or more options to renew with renewal terms that can extend the lease term. The exercise of the lease renewal options is at the Company’s discretion. A lease renewal option is included in the determination of the ROU asset and lease liability when the option is reasonably certain of being exercised.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization. Property, plant and equipment assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Property, plant and equipment, excluding peat bogs and related development, are depreciated using the straight-line method. The following table summarizes the estimated useful lives as follows:


Buildings and improvements			10 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 15 years
Leasehold improvements			Lesser of useful life or term of the lease
Computer equipment			3 - 4 years
Furniture and fixtures			5 years

The useful lives of property, plant and equipment recorded under finance leases are further limited to the term of lease.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Peat bogs and related development costs are depleted using the units of production method over the total expected volume of the peat bogs.

The Company operates peat bogs in Alberta Canada. Under current provincial laws, the Company is subject to certain asset retirement obligations ("AROs") and the remediation of the peat bog sites are under provincial oversight. The Company periodically evaluates expected remediation costs associated with the peat bog sites that it operates. Where the Company concludes that it is probable that a liability has been incurred, a provision is made for management's estimate of the liability. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company had AROs of $284 and $759, respectively, recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company had AROs of $4,232 and $4,457, respectively, recorded in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Intangible assets

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The Company has one trade name that is considered to have an indefinite useful life. Intangible assets are also tested for impairment at least annually and when events or changes in circumstances indicate that, more-likely-than-not, the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Significant judgment is required in estimating fair values and performing intangible asset impairment tests.

Revenue recognition

The Company follows ASC 606 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers which requires that revenue recognized from contracts with customers be disaggregated into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Company has determined that revenue is generated from one category, which is the distribution and manufacture of CEA equipment and supplies.

Revenue is recognized as control of promised goods is transferred to customers, which generally occurs upon receipt at customers’ locations determined by the specific terms of the contract. Arrangements generally have a single performance obligation and revenue is reported net of variable consideration which includes applicable volume rebates, cash discounts and sales returns and allowances. Variable consideration is estimated and recorded at the time of sale.

The amount billed to customers for shipping and handling costs included in net sales was $7,883 and $9,523 in the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Shipping and handling costs that occur before the customer obtains control of the goods are deemed to be fulfillment activities and are accounted for as fulfillment costs included in cost of goods sold. The Company does not receive noncash consideration for the sale of goods. Contract consideration received from a customer prior to revenue recognition is recorded as a contract liability and is recognized as revenue when the Company satisfies the related performance obligation under the terms of the contract. The Company's contract liabilities, which consist primarily of customer deposits reported within deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $2,611 and $3,231 as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. There are no significant financing components and the majority of revenue is recognized within one year. Excluded from revenue are any taxes assessed by governmental authorities, including value-added and other sales-related taxes that are imposed on and concurrent with revenue-generating activities.

Warrants issued in connection with financings

The Company generally accounts for warrants issued in connection with debt and equity financings as a component of equity unless the warrants include a conditional obligation to issue a variable number of shares among other conditions or it is possible that the Company may need to settle the warrants in cash.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the fair value recognition and measurement provisions of U.S. GAAP, which requires compensation cost for the grant-date fair value of stock-based awards to be recognized over the requisite service period. The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur and any compensation expense previously recognized on unvested shares will be reversed when forfeited.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Service-based awards

The Company records stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock units ("RSUs") and service-based stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

The fair value of grants of restricted stock is based on the fair value of the common stock underlying the award. The fair value of the underlying common stock for RSUs prior to the Company’s initial public offering ("IPO") in December 2020, was determined by considering a number of objective, subjective, and highly complex factors including independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook among other factors. For awards granted after the Company's IPO, the fair value of the underlying common stock for RSUs is the closing date price of the Company's common stock at the grant-date.

The fair value of option-based awards is estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions. For inputs into the Black-Scholes model, the expected volatility is based on historical implied volatility from recent stock option transactions at the time of grant. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the date of grant. The Company has elected to use the "simplified method" to determine the expected term which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term because it has insufficient history upon which to base an assumption about the term. The expected dividend yield is 0.0% as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying dividends on its common stock.

Performance-based awards

The Company has granted performance stock unit ("PSU") awards that vest upon the satisfaction of both service-based and performance-based conditions. The service-based condition for these awards generally is satisfied over one year. The performance-based conditions generally are satisfied upon achieving specified performance targets. The Company records stock-based compensation expense for performance-based equity awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period and only if performance-based conditions are considered probable to be satisfied.

Employee benefit plan

The Company has a savings retirement plan that covers substantially all full-time employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements and provides for an employee elective contribution. The Company made matching contributions to the plan and incurred expense of $236 and $261 for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

Income taxes

The asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes is followed whereby deferred income tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards, and deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recorded for income tax and financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that management determines that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred income tax assets will be realized. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. The income tax expense or benefit is the income tax payable or recoverable for the year plus or minus the change in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year.

The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities and maintains valuation allowances where it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. The determination of the amount of valuation allowance to be provided on recorded deferred tax assets involves consideration of estimates regarding the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary differences, expected future taxable income by jurisdiction, and the impact of tax planning strategies. Changes in the relevant facts can impact the judgment or need for valuation allowances. In the event we change our determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, we will adjust our valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The Company will establish a liability for tax return positions when there is uncertainty as to whether the position will ultimately be sustained. Amounts for uncertain tax positions will be adjusted when new information becomes available or when positions are effectively settled. The Company will recognize interest expense and penalties related to these unrecognized tax benefits within income tax expense. U.S. GAAP provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (ASU 2023-07), which requires an enhanced disclosure of significant segment expenses on an annual and interim basis. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company has adopted the aforementioned guidance, and enhanced segment reporting is presented for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09), which requires greater disaggregation of information in the effective tax rate reconciliation, income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction, and certain other amendments related to income tax disclosures. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses,” which requires a public entity to disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to financial statements on an annual and interim basis. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. A public entity should apply the amendments either prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this ASU or retrospectively to any or all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this accounting standard will have on its financial disclosures.

3. RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET SALES

Restructuring

The Company began a restructuring plan (the "Restructuring Plan") in 2022, and undertook significant actions to streamline operations, reduce costs and improve efficiencies. The major initiatives of the first phase of the Restructuring Plan included (i) narrowing the Company's product and brand portfolio and (ii) the relocation and consolidation of certain manufacturing and distribution centers, including headcount reductions and reorganization to drive a solution based approach. The Company's strategic product consolidation entailed removing approximately one-third of all products and one-fifth of all brands relating to the Company's primary product portfolio, which excludes the garden center business in Canada.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded net pre-tax charges of $2,084 for the first phase of the Restructuring Plan, which were primarily costs related to the relocation and termination of certain facilities in Canada. The restructuring charges were primarily recorded within cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations. Total costs incurred relating to this first phase of the Restructuring Plan were (i) $6,398 relating primarily to inventory markdowns, and (ii) $3,373 relating primarily to the relocation and termination of certain facilities in Canada.

As a result of the continued adverse market conditions, the Company implemented a second phase of the Restructuring Plan beginning in the third quarter of 2023, including U.S. manufacturing facility consolidations, in particular with respect to production of certain durable equipment products. The Company is reducing facility space and consolidating manufacturing operations to improve efficiency and reduce costs. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $9,185 for the second phase, relating primarily to non-cash raw material inventory write-downs as the Company liquidated these assets and reduced storage space within certain manufacturing facilities. These restructuring charges

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

were recorded primarily within cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations, and were subject to significant estimate.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $2,223 for the second phase, relating primarily to cash charges associated with the consolidation and closure of U.S. manufacturing facilities including termination and disposal costs associated with inventory, facilities, and headcount reductions. The non-cash charges consist of fixed asset and inventory write-downs. Total costs incurred relating to this second phase of the Restructuring Plan, from its commencement in 2023 through December 31, 2024, were (i) $9,672 of non-cash charges relating primarily to inventory markdowns of durable equipment products, and (ii) $1,736 of cash charges relating primarily to the consolidation of U.S. manufacturing facilities including termination and disposal costs associated with inventory, facilities, and headcount reductions.

Including both phases of the Restructuring Plan, the Company recorded $1,946 and $10,664 of total restructuring charges within cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The Company recorded total charges for both phases of the Restructuring Plan of $277 and $605 within SG&A expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Of the $2,223 and $11,269 of total restructuring charges recorded for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively, $806 and $9,703 were non-cash charges primarily related to inventory write-downs and asset dispositions. The second phase of our Restructuring Plan is substantially complete as of December 31, 2024.

The following tables presents the activity in accrued expenses and other current liabilities for restructuring costs related to the first and second phases of the Restructuring Plan for the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2024:


	Phase 1		Phase 2
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2022	$	696	$	—
Expense	1,247		272
Cash Payments	(1,943)		(85)
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2023	—		187
Expense	—		1,416
Cash Payments	—		(1,500)
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2024	$	—	$	103

Asset Sales

On May 10, 2024, in connection with the Company's restructuring of its durable manufacturing operations, the Company entered into an agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with CM Fabrication, LLC (the “Buyer”) to sell assets relating to the production of Innovative Growers Equipment ("IGE") durable equipment products for $8,660 (the “Asset Sale”) and retain the proprietary brand and customer relationships. The Asset Sale closed on May 31, 2024, and the Company continues to sell its IGE branded durable products, including horticulture benches, racking and LED lighting systems. In connection with the transaction, the Company entered into an exclusive supply agreement with the Buyer to provide for contract manufacturing, which is expected to yield a more efficient cost model.

Assets and liabilities that were sold, disposed or terminated in connection with the Asset Sale included $11,616 of inventories, $3,721 of property, plant and equipment, $2,573 of technology intangible assets, and $90 of other net liabilities. The Company paid cash to terminate the facility operating lease for $1,275 and certain equipment finance leases for $668. The Company incurred an estimated $417 of transaction costs, including legal fees and other transaction-related expenses. The Company recorded a loss on asset disposition of $11,520 on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024, which included the aforementioned assets and liabilities derecognized, and operating and finance lease termination payments. The Company estimated the amount of cash proceeds associated with the sale of inventories as $4,960 and property, plant and equipment as $3,700, and classified the amounts within net cash from operating activities and investing activities, respectively, on the consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2024.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Pursuant to requirements in the Company's Revolving Credit Facility, consent was obtained from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent to permit the Asset Sale. The Company intends to reinvest the net proceeds from the Asset Sale into certain permitted investments, such as capital expenditures or other permitted acquisitions/ investments, in accordance with provisions of the Term Loan.

The foregoing description of the Purchase Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Purchase Agreement, included as Exhibit 10.23 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company sold approximately 20 acres of the 140 acres of excess owned land at the Goshen, New York location. The sale price less costs to sell were consistent with the carrying value of the land, and therefore no gain or loss was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2024.

4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets, net comprised the following:


	December 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value
Finite-lived intangible assets:
Computer software	$	8,982	$	(8,625)	$	357	$	9,325	$	(8,357)	$	968
Customer relationships	99,806		(39,230)		60,576		99,805		(31,883)		67,922
Technology, formulations and recipes	110,381		(33,401)		76,980		114,181		(25,124)		89,057
Trade names and trademarks	131,492		(23,432)		108,060		131,493		(16,740)		114,753
Other	4,716		(4,488)		228		4,802		(4,422)		380
Total finite-lived intangible assets, net	355,377		(109,176)		246,201		359,606		(86,526)		273,080
Indefinite-lived intangible asset:
Trade name	2,801		—		2,801		2,801		—		2,801
Total Intangible assets, net	$	358,178	$	(109,176)	$	249,002	$	362,407	$	(86,526)	$	275,881

The Company did not record any impairment during the years ended December 31, 2024, or 2023.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $23,998 and $24,355 for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

In conjunction with the Asset Sale, the Company disposed of technology intangible assets with a net book value of $2,573. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for further details.

The following are the estimated useful lives and the weighted-average amortization period remaining as of December 31, 2024, for the major classes of finite-lived intangible assets:


	Useful lives	Weighted-average amortization period
Computer software	3 to 5 years	2 years
Customer relationships	7 to 18 years	9 years
Technology, formulations and recipes	8 to 12 years	8 years
Trade names and trademarks	15 to 20 years	16 years

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2024, is summarized below:


	Estimated Future Amortization Expense
Year ending December 31,
2025	$	23,734
2026	23,527
2027	23,355
2028	22,710
2029	21,582
Thereafter	131,293
Total	$	246,201

5. LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic loss per common share is computed using net loss divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding unvested RSUs and PSUs.

Diluted loss per common share represents net loss divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including common stock equivalents. Common stock equivalents consist of shares subject to warrants and share-based awards with exercise prices less than the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the period, to the extent their inclusion would be dilutive. Regarding RSUs subject to a market condition, before the end of the contingency period, the number of contingently issuable shares (i.e., RSUs) to be included in diluted loss per common share would be based on the number of shares of common stock issuable under the terms of the arrangement if the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period, assuming the result would be dilutive. Those contingently issuable shares would be included in the denominator of diluted loss per common share as of the beginning of the period, or as of the grant date of the share-based payment, if later.

The following table presents basic and diluted loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(66,717)	$	(64,813)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding	4,598,640		4,550,836
Dilutive effect of warrants and share based compensation awards using the treasury stock method	—		—
Diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding	4,598,640		4,550,836
Basic loss per common share	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)
Diluted loss per common share	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The computation of the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding for diluted loss per common share excludes the following potential shares of common stock as their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect on diluted loss per common share:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024	2023
Shares subject to unvested or deferred performance and restricted stock units	290,334	217,037
Shares subject to stock options outstanding	40,654	57,207

6. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET AND INVENTORIES

Accounts receivable, net comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Trade accounts receivable	$	14,112	$	16,740
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(706)		(920)
Other receivables	1,350		1,070
Total accounts receivable, net	$	14,756	$	16,890

The change in the allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Beginning balance	$	(920)	$	(1,556)
Changes in estimates	(1,006)		(1,280)
Write-offs	718		310
Collections/Other	502		1,606
Ending balance	$	(706)	$	(920)

Inventories comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Finished goods	$	44,372	$	58,346
Work-in-process	1,137		3,891
Raw materials	12,398		23,256
Allowance for inventory obsolescence	(7,274)		(10,139)
Total inventories	$	50,633	$	75,354

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, and the Company maintains an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory that is based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. The allowance for excess and obsolete inventory is subject to change from period to period based on a number of factors including sales of products, changes in estimates, and disposals.

In conjunction with the Asset Sale, the Company sold $11,616 of inventories. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for further details.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

7. LEASES

The Company leases its distribution centers and manufacturing facilities from third parties under various non-cancelable lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2038. Also, the Company leases some property, plant and equipment under finance leases. Certain leases contain escalation provisions and/or renewal options, giving the Company the right to extend the leases by up to 20 years. However, these options are generally not reflected in the calculation of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities due to uncertainty surrounding the likelihood of renewal. The Company recognizes operating lease costs over the respective lease periods, including short-term and month-to-month leases. The Company incurred operating lease costs of $10,195 and $12,371 during the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. These costs are included primarily within SG&A in the consolidated statements of operations and do not include lease termination costs associated with the Asset Sale. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for further details.

The Company has operating subleases which have been accounted for by reference to the underlying asset subject to the lease, primarily as an offset to rent expense within SG&A.

In January 2023, Gotham Properties LLC, an Oregon limited liability company and a subsidiary of the Company (“Seller”), consummated a Purchase and Sale Agreement with J & D Property, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Purchaser”) pursuant to which certain real property located in the City of Eugene, County of Lane, State of Oregon (the “Eugene Property”) was sold to Purchaser for $8,598 and then leased back by Seller (the “Sale-Leaseback Transaction”). The new lease has a term of 15 years with annual rent starting at $731 and fixed increases to the final year when annual rent is $964. The Company accounted for the transaction as a failed sale-leaseback which requires retaining the asset associated with the property and recognizing a corresponding financial liability for the cash received. The Eugene Property serves as the manufacturing and processing site for certain of the Company’s grow media and nutrient brands. Refer to Note 10 – Debt for further discussion.

Total ROU assets, finance lease assets, and lease liabilities were as follows:


		December 31,
	Balance Sheet Classification	2024		2023
Lease assets
Operating lease assets	Operating lease right-of-use assets	$	42,869	$	54,494
Finance lease assets	Property, plant and equipment, net	7,279		9,315
Total lease assets		$	50,148	$	63,809

Lease liabilities
Current:
Operating leases	Current portion of operating lease liabilities	$	7,731	$	8,336
Finance leases	Current portion of finance lease liabilities	459		954
Noncurrent:
Operating leases	Long-term operating lease liabilities	37,553		47,506
Finance leases	Long-term finance lease liabilities	7,830		8,734
Total lease liabilities		$	53,573	$	65,530

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Total lease costs and sublease and logistics income were as follows:


		Years ended December 31,
	Classification	2024		2023
Operating lease costs	Selling, general and administrative(1)	$	10,195	$	12,371
Finance lease costs:
Amortization of lease assets	Selling, general and administrative	734		1,047
Amortization of lease assets	Cost of goods sold	137		328
Interest on lease liabilities	Interest expense	459		519
Sublease and logistics income	Selling, general and administrative	(3,851)		(1,722)

(1) Operating lease costs are primarily recorded in SG&A.

In addition to the operating lease costs above, short-term and month-to-month lease expense was $61 and $182 for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively, and other costs associated with operating leases were $3,207 and $3,132, respectively, for non-lease components such as common area maintenance and other miscellaneous items. These costs were included primarily within SG&A in the consolidated statements of operations.

The aggregate future minimum lease payments under long-term non-cancelable operating and finance leases with remaining terms greater than one year as of December 31, 2024, are as follows:


Year ending December 31,	Operating		Finance
2025	$	9,397	$	880
2026	8,702		847
2027	8,789		849
2028	8,252		805
2029	5,384		822
Thereafter	10,915		7,217
Total lease payments	51,439		11,420
Less portion representing interest	6,155		3,131
Total principal	45,284		8,289
Less current portion	7,731		459
Long-term portion	$	37,553	$	7,830

The following table summarizes the weighted-average remaining lease term as well as the weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2024, and 2023:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term in years:
Operating leases	6.0		6.7
Finance leases	12.9		12.5

Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases	4.12	%	4.20	%
Finance leases	5.39	%	5.25	%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, were:


	Years ended December 31,
Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities:	2024		2023
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	(9,653)	$	(12,121)
Operating cash flows from finance leases	(459)		(516)
Financing cash flows from finance leases	(680)		(1,007)

8. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Machinery and equipment	$	23,531	$	27,417
Peat bogs and related development	11,895		12,256
Building and improvements	10,313		10,132
Land	5,630		6,114
Furniture and fixtures	4,239		4,360
Computer equipment	3,152		3,301
Leasehold improvements	3,185		5,169
Gross property, plant, and equipment	61,945		68,749
Less: accumulated depreciation	(24,400)		(21,389)
Total property, plant, and equipment, net	$	37,545	$	47,360

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense related to property, plant, and equipment, net was $6,693 and $7,720 for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

As of December 31, 2024, Land, Building and improvements, Computer equipment and Machinery and equipment contain finance leases assets, recorded at cost of $9,823, less accumulated depreciation of $2,544. As of December 31, 2023, Land, Building and improvements, Computer equipment and Machinery and equipment contain finance leases assets, recorded at cost of $12,783, less accumulated depreciation of $3,468.

In conjunction with the Asset Sale, the Company sold $3,721 of property, plant and equipment, net. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for further details.

The Company operates peat bogs in Alberta, Canada. Under current provincial laws the Company is subject to certain AROs and the remediation of the peat bog sites are under provincial oversight. The Company periodically evaluates expected remediation costs associated with the peat bog sites that it operates. When the Company concludes that it is probable that a liability has been incurred, a provision is made for management's estimate of the liability. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company had AROs of $284 and $759, respectively, recorded in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company had AROs of $4,232 and $4,457, respectively, recorded in Other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The following table presents changes in asset retirement obligations for the following periods:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Balance, beginning of the period	$	5,216	$	4,632
Liabilities incurred in the period	—		349
Liabilities settled in the period	(474)		(17)
Accretion expense	165		147
Other	(391)		105
Balance, end of the period	$	4,516	$	5,216

9. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	1,987	$	2,096
Interest accrual	2,141		1,214
Freight, custom and duty accrual	1,130		1,040
Goods in transit accrual	574		360
Income tax accrual	127		—
Asset retirement obligations	284		759
Other accrued liabilities	4,404		4,060
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	10,647	$	9,529

10. DEBT

Debt is comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Term loan - Principal	$	119,303	$	122,500
Term loan - unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	(3,443)		(4,259)
Term Loan - net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	115,860		118,241
Other	93		160
Total debt	$	115,953	$	118,401

Current portion of long-term debt	$	1,260	$	2,989
Long-term debt - net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs of $3,443 and $4,259 as of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively	114,693		115,412
Total debt	$	115,953	$	118,401

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Term Loan

On October 25, 2021, the Company and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (the "Obligors") entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders, pursuant to which the Company borrowed a $125,000 senior secured term loan ("Term Loan"). The Term Loan was amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement (“Amendment No. 1”) effective on June 27, 2023, to replace the LIBOR referenced rates with SOFR referenced rates. Pursuant to Amendment No. 1, any Term Loan that constitutes a Eurodollar Rate Loan that is outstanding as of the Amendment No. 1 closing date shall continue until the end of the applicable interest period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan and the provisions of the Term Loan applicable thereto shall continue and remain in effect (notwithstanding the occurrence of the Amendment No. 1 closing date) until the end of the applicable interest period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan, after which such provisions shall have no further force or effect. Such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall subsequently either be an ABR Loan or a Term Benchmark Loan. The ABR Loans shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate (with a 2.0% floor) plus 4.50%, and Term Benchmark Loans shall bear interest at the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate (with a 1.0% floor), plus 5.50%. The ABR Loan and Term Benchmark Loan credit spreads of 4.50% and 5.50%, respectively, within the Amendment No. 1 have not changed from the credit spreads in the original Term Loan. Legal fees associated with Amendment No. 1 were not material, and were included in other income, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2023. The foregoing description of Amendment No. 1 does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of Amendment No. 1, included as Exhibit 10.9 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Capitalized terms referenced above are defined in the Term Loan.

The Term Loan was subject to a call premium of 1% if called prior to October 25, 2023, and 0% thereafter, and matures on October 25, 2028 ("Maturity Date"). Deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the effective interest rate was 11.70% and interest expense was $14,112, which includes amortization of deferred financing costs and discount of $751. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the effective interest rate was 11.55% and interest expense was $14,245, which included amortization of deferred financing costs and discount of $883.

The principal amounts of the Term Loan are required to be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan, reduced pro rata by any additional payments made, on the last day of each fiscal quarter commencing March 31, 2022, with the balance of the Term Loan payable on the Maturity Date. The Company is also required to make mandatory prepayments in the event of (i) achieving certain excess cash flow criteria, including the achievement and maintenance of a specific leverage ratio, (ii) certain asset sales that are collateral, or (iii) upon the issuance, offering, or placement of new debt obligations.

As described in Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales and Note 7 – Leases, the Company received net cash proceeds in May 2024 from the Asset Sale and January 2023 from the Sale-Leaseback Transaction and is subject to a provision of the Term Loan whereby such net cash proceeds can be reinvested into certain investments, such as capital expenditures. This provision of the Term Loan includes (i) cash investments made within a one-year period from the transaction date, and (ii) investments which are contractually committed within one-year of the transaction date and paid within 180 days after entering into such contractual commitment. The amount of any net cash proceeds which are not reinvested would require the Company to make an offer to prepay the corresponding amount on the Term Loan. In accordance with this provision in relation to the Sale-Leaseback, described further in Note 7 – Leases, the Company classified $1,665 as current debt as of December 31, 2023, and prepaid the Term Loan in this amount. In addition, the Company had $2,187 of contractual commitments pursuant to this provision as of December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has satisfied this provision through a combination of payments made pursuant to the contractual commitments and an additional $300 repayment of the Term Loan. As described in Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales, the Company sold assets for $8,660 in May 2024. The net cash proceeds from the Asset Sale are subject to the same Term Loan reinvestment provision described above, including (i) cash investments made within a one-year period, and (ii) investments which are contractually committed within one-year of the Asset Sale and paid within 180 days after entering into such contractual commitment, however the Company intends to reinvest the net cash proceeds from the Asset Sale into certain permitted investments, such as capital expenditures, and no amounts were classified as current debt as of December 31, 2024, related to this provision. The foregoing description of the reinvestment provision does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Term Loan.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The Term Loan requires the Company to maintain certain reporting requirements, affirmative covenants, and negative covenants, and the Company was in compliance with all requirements as of December 31, 2024. The Term Loan is secured by a first lien on the non-working capital assets of the Company and a second lien on the working capital assets of the Company.

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 29, 2021, the Obligors entered into a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility") with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender, and the lenders from time to time party thereto. The Revolving Credit Facility is due on June 30, 2026, or any earlier date on which the revolving commitments are reduced to zero.

The Revolving Credit Facility originally had a borrowing limit of $50,000. On August 31, 2021, the Obligors entered into an amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility (the "First Amendment") to increase their original borrowing limit to $100,000. In connection with the First Amendment, the Company's previously acquired subsidiaries became party to the Revolving Credit Facility as either borrowers or as guarantors. On October 25, 2021, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into a second amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility (the "Second Amendment"), with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., pursuant to which the parties consented to the Term Loan described above, and made certain conforming changes to comport with the Term Loan provisions. The Revolving Credit Facility was further amended by a third amendment and joinder to the Revolving Credit Facility dated August 23, 2022 (the "Third Amendment"), pursuant to which several previously acquired subsidiaries became parties to the Revolving Credit Facility and granted liens on their assets. On December 22, 2022, the Company entered into a fourth amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility (the "Fourth Amendment") pursuant to which a sale-leaseback transaction was permitted, and certain other changes were made, including a reduction of the maximum commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility from $100,000 to $75,000 and transitioning the LIBOR based rates to SOFR based rates. On March 31, 2023, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a fifth amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility (the “Fifth Amendment”) pursuant to which the maturity date was extended to June 30, 2026, the maximum commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility was reduced to $55,000, and the interest rate on borrowings was revised to various spreads, based on the Company's fixed charge coverage ratio. On November 1, 2024, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a sixth amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility (the “Sixth Amendment”) which reduced the maximum commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility to $35,000.

The unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs were $237 and $538 as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively, and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Debt discount and deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Revolving Credit Facility is an asset-based facility that is secured by a first lien on the working capital assets of the Company and a second lien on the non-working capital assets of the Company (including most of the Company’s subsidiaries). The borrowing base is based on a detailed monthly calculation of the sum of (a) a percentage of the Eligible Accounts at such time, plus (b) the lesser of (i) a percentage of the Eligible Inventory, at such time, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, and (ii) the product of a percentage multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value percentage identified in the most recent inventory appraisal ordered by the Administrative Agent multiplied by the Eligible Inventory, valued at the lower of cost or market value, determined on a first-in-first-out basis, minus (c) Reserves (each of the defined terms above, as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility documents).

The Company is required to maintain certain reporting requirements, affirmative covenants and negative covenants, pursuant to terms outlined in the agreement. Additionally, if the Company’s Excess Availability (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility documents) is less than an amount equal to 10% of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment (currently $35,000), the Company will be required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1x on a rolling twelve-month basis until the Excess Availability is more than 10% of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment for thirty consecutive days. In order to consummate permitted acquisitions or to make restricted payments, the Company would be required to comply with a higher fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.15x, but no such acquisitions or payments are currently contemplated. As of December 31, 2024, the Company is in compliance with the covenants contained in the Revolving Credit Facility.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

CBFR rate) use the Term SOFR Rate plus 1.95%. Each rate has a 0.0% floor. A fee of 0.40% per annum is charged for available but unused borrowings.

As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company had zero borrowed under the facility. As of December 31, 2024, the Company would be able to borrow approximately $13 million under the Revolving Credit Facility, before the Company would be required to comply with the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1x.

Other debt

Other debt of $93 and $160 as of December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively, was primarily comprised of a foreign subsidiary's other debt which constitutes an immaterial revolving line of credit and mortgage.

Loss on debt modification

The losses on debt modification of $195 and $59 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, resulting primarily from the financing transactions described above, are presented in other income, net on the consolidated statement of operations.

Aggregate future principal payments

As of December 31, 2024, the aggregate estimated future principal payments under long-term debt are as follows:


	Debt
Year ending December 31,
2025	$	1,260
2026	1,248
2027	1,249
2028 and thereafter	115,639
Total	$	119,396

11. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. Common stockholders have no pre-emptive rights to acquire additional shares of common stock or other securities. The common stock is not subject to redemption rights and carries no subscription or conversion rights. In the event of liquidation, the stockholders are entitled to share in corporate assets on a pro rata basis after the Company satisfies all liabilities and after provision is made for any class of capital stock having preference over the common stock. Subject to corporate regulations and preferences to preferred stock, if any, dividends are at the discretion of the board of directors. As of December 31, 2024, there were 4,614,279 shares outstanding and 300,000,000 shares authorized, after giving retroactive effect to the February 12, 2025, reverse stock split.

Warrants

On July 19, 2021, the Company completed the redemption ("Redemption") of certain of its outstanding warrants (the "Investor Warrants") that were issued in connection with a private placement of units (the "private placement"), each consisting of a share of common stock and a warrant to purchase an additional one-half (1/2) shares of common stock. In connection with the private placement, the Company agreed to engage the placement agent (the "Placement Agent") as the Company's warrant solicitation agent in the event the Investor Warrants were called for Redemption. The Company agreed to pay a warrant solicitation fee to the Placement Agent equal to five percent of the amount of net cash proceeds solicited by the Placement Agent upon the exercise of certain Investor Warrants following such call for Redemption. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively, there were no Investor Warrants outstanding. In connection with the private placement, the Placement Agent was issued warrants (the “placement agent warrants”) which expired on December 14, 2023. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

there were no outstanding placement agent warrants.

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation plan overview

The Company maintains three equity incentive plans: the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan ("2018 Plan"), the 2019 Employee, Director and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan ("2019 Plan") and the 2020 Employee, Director, and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan ("2020 Plan" and collectively, "Incentive Plans"). The 2020 Plan serves as the successor to the 2019 Plan and 2018 Plan and provides for the issuance of incentive stock options ("ISOs"), stock grants and stock-based awards to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. No further awards will be issued under the 2018 Plan and 2019 Plan. As of December 31, 2024, a total of 213,551 shares were available for grant under the 2020 Plan.

The Incentive Plans are administered by the Company's board of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board of directors may delegate concurrent responsibility for administering each plan, including with respect to designated classes of persons eligible to receive an award under each plan, to a committee or committees (which term shall include subcommittees) consisting of one or more members of the board of directors (collectively, the "Plan Administrator"), subject to such limitations as the board of directors deems appropriate.

In November 2020, the board of directors and stockholders approved the 2020 Plan and reserved an aggregate of 228,405 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2020 Plan. Pursuant to the 2020 Plan, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan may be increased on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2021, and ending on January 2, 2030, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 4% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on such date or (ii) such number of shares determined by the Plan Administrator.

The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, nonqualified stock options, stock grants, and stock-based awards that are based in whole or in part by reference to the Company’s common stock.

•The Plan Administrator may grant options designated as ISOs or nonqualified stock options. Options shall be granted with an exercise price per share not less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, subject to certain limitations and exceptions as described in the plan agreements. Generally, the maximum term of an option shall be 10 years from the grant date. The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an option the time at which, or the installments in which, the option shall vest and become exercisable.

•The Plan Administrator may grant stock grants and stock-based awards, including securities convertible into shares, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock awards or stock units on such terms and conditions which may be based on continuous service with the Company or related company or the achievement of any performance goals, as the Plan Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion, which terms, conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the instrument evidencing the award.

The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, were not material to the financial statements.

Restricted Stock Unit Activity

RSUs granted to certain executives, employees and members of the board of directors expire 10 years after the grant date. The awards generally have a time-based vesting requirement (based on continuous employment). Upon vesting, the RSUs convert into shares of the Company's common stock. The stock-based compensation expense related to service-based awards is recorded over the requisite service period. During the first quarter of 2023, the Company granted RSU awards that vested in two equal vesting tranches; one tranche vested on October 31, 2023, and the second one on October 31, 2024. During the second quarter of 2023, the Company granted RSU awards to members of the board of directors that are expected to vest on the one year anniversary of the grant date. During the third quarter of 2023, the Company granted RSU awards that are expected to vest with three equal vesting tranches, annually on the anniversary of the grant date. During the second quarter of 2024, the Company granted RSU awards to members of the board of directors that are expected to vest on the one year anniversary of the grant date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2024. For purposes of this table, vested RSUs represent the shares for which the service condition had been fulfilled during the year ended December 31, 2024:


	Number of RSUs	Weighted average grant date fair value
Balance, December 31, 2023	124,253	$	30.62
Granted	80,235	$	7.79
Vested	(97,319)	$	30.08
Forfeited	(5,139)	$	18.10
Balance, December 31, 2024	102,030	$	13.82

The total vest date fair value of RSUs vested for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, was $729, and $948, respectively. The Company recognized $1,927, and $4,502, of total stock-based compensation expense for RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, total unamortized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested RSUs was $629 and the weighted-average period over which the compensation is expected to be recognized is less than one year.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, 61,885 RSUs that vested were not issued due to the recipients' elections to defer the conversion into common stock. As of December 31, 2024, there were 62,521 RSUs which had vested, but were not yet issued due to the recipients' elections.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company withheld 11,705, of the 35,434, of common stock issued upon vesting of RSUs to meet employees' payroll tax withholding requirements. The tax withholding payments of $83 were made in 2024.

Subsequent Event - January 1, 2025 Grant

On January 1, 2025, the Company granted 85,000 RSU awards to certain executives that are expected to vest with either two or three equal vesting tranches, annually on the anniversary of the grant date. Refer to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 17, 2024, for additional details.

Performance Stock Unit Activity

During the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company granted PSU awards that are subject to a one-year vesting requirement (based on continuous employment) and contain performance conditions based on certain performance metrics. The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's PSUs for the year ended December 31, 2024:


	Number of PSUs	Weighted average grant date fair value
Balance, December 31, 2023	92,148	$	17.70
Granted	137,254	$	9.89
Vested	(18,030)	$	17.70
Forfeited	(85,589)	$	16.65
Balance, December 31, 2024	125,783	$	9.89

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the PSU forfeitures were due to employee terminations and performance conditions that were not satisfied, while PSU vests were from awards granted in prior periods. The Company anticipates that a majority of the PSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2024 will forfeit in 2025 as a result of not meeting certain performance conditions.

The total vest date fair value of PSUs vested for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, was $167 and $44,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

respectively. The Company recognized $357, and $300, of total stock-based compensation expense for PSUs the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, total unamortized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested PSUs was $128 and the weighted-average period over which the compensation is expected to be recognized is less than one year.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company withheld 6,321, of the 18,030, of common stock issued upon vesting of PSUs to meet employees' payroll tax withholding requirements. The tax withholding payments of $28 were made in 2024.

Stock Options

The vesting of stock options is subject to certain change in control provisions as provided in the incentive plan agreements and stock options may be exercised up to 10 years from the date of issuance.

There were no stock options granted or exercised during the years ended December 31, 2024, or 2023. The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:


	Number	Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average grant date fair value		Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023	57,207	$	94.67	$	20.20	3.69
Cancelled	(16,416)	$	90.37	$	13.20
Forfeited	(137)	$	110.60	$	98.87
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67

The following table summarizes the unvested stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:



	Number	Weighted average grant date fair value
Unvested as of December 31, 2023	1,662	$	121.20
Vested	(1,525)	$	116.59
Forfeited	(137)	$	98.87
Unvested as of December 31, 2024	—	$	—

Since stock options represent equity awards of the Company, such awards are fair valued as of the grant date for the purposes of measurement and recognition under U.S. GAAP. To measure the fair value of an option, the Black-Scholes valuation model was utilized. The valuation model requires the input of subjective assumptions. For inputs into the Black-Scholes model, the expected volatility is based on historical implied volatility from recent stock option transactions at the time of grant. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the date of grant. The Company has elected to use the "simplified method" to determine the expected term which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term because it has insufficient history upon which to base an assumption about the term. The expected dividend yield is 0.0% as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying dividends on its common stock.

For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively, the Company recognized $101 and $273, of total stock-based compensation expense for stock options. As of December 31, 2024, there was no unvested options or unrecognized compensation expense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

13. INCOME TAXES

Loss before tax was as follows:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	(64,011)	$	(58,068)
Foreign	(1,837)		(6,958)
Loss before tax	$	(65,848)	$	(65,026)

Significant components of income tax benefit consist of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Current:
Federal	$	—	$	—
State	90		167
Foreign	706		(382)
Total current expense (benefit)	796		(215)

Deferred:
Federal	—		111
State	—		—
Foreign	73		(109)
Total deferred expense	73		2
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	869	$	(213)

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates of 21% to income tax benefit consists of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Effective rate reconciliation
U.S. federal tax benefit at statutory rate	$	(13,828)	$	(13,656)
State income taxes, net	71		132
Permanent items	688		120
Foreign rate differential	112		(3,988)
162(m) officers compensation	—		17
Share-based compensation	417		680
Deferred adjustments	(827)		1,035
Other, net	14		(1,320)
Valuation allowance	14,222		16,767
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	869	$	(213)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Deferred tax assets
Lease liabilities	$	12,959	$	16,646
Accrued expenses	1,671		2,022
Share-based compensation	674		177
Intangible assets	1,449		1,422
Net operating loss	49,690		38,729
Inventories	7,832		5,437
Interest expense	12,658		9,466
Other	1,540		1,543
Deferred tax assets	88,473		75,442
Valuation allowance	(75,336)		(55,742)
Total deferred tax assets	13,137		19,700

Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment	(5,479)		(8,618)
Operating lease right-of-use assets	(10,624)		(14,063)
Other	(81)		(37)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(16,184)		(22,718)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,047)	$	(3,018)

Other long-term assets - deferred tax assets	$	—	$	214
Long-term deferred tax liabilities	(3,047)		(3,232)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,047)	$	(3,018)

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $183,800 and $136,400, respectively. The federal and state NOL carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2037 and 2027, respectively, and $170,100 of the federal losses are indefinite. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $153,300 and $113,100, respectively. Foreign NOL carryforwards were approximately $9,700 at December 31, 2024. The foreign NOLs, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2041.

The Company determined the amount of its valuation allowance based on estimates regarding the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary differences, expected future taxable income by jurisdiction, and the impact of tax planning strategies. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that it will not be able to realize its U.S. deferred tax assets and therefore has maintained a full valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company has also provided valuation allowances against certain foreign deferred tax assets.

Carryforwards of NOLs are subject to possible limitation should a change in ownership occur, as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 382. An ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by 5% stockholders in any three-year period. The Company experienced an aggregate ownership change which exceeded the 50% threshold in connection with the Company's IPO, and future changes in stock ownership may occur. To the extent that the Company earns net taxable income, the Company's ability to use NOLs to offset such taxable income may be subject to limitations. The annual limitation resulting from the IPO ownership change is not expected to result in the expiration of the NOL carry forwards before utilization.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

In 2024 and 2023, the Company did not record any liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change within 12 months of December 31, 2024. The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits as part of its income tax expense. The Company’s major filing jurisdictions are the United States and Canada. Due to the Company’s NOL carryforwards, the Company’s income tax returns remain subject to examination by federal, foreign and most state taxing authorities for all tax years.

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase commitments

From time to time in the normal course of business, the Company will enter into agreements with suppliers which provide favorable pricing in return for a commitment to purchase minimum amounts of inventory over a defined time period.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, certain claims have been brought against the Company and, where applicable, its suppliers. While there is inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such matters, management has vigorously contested the validity of these claims. Based on available information, management does not expect that the outcome of any matters, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows or future earnings of the Company.

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Recurring and Nonrecurring

As described in Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales, during the second quarter of 2024, the Company entered into an agreement to sell approximately 20 acres of the 140 acres of owned land at its Goshen, New York location. The Company measured the held-for-sale land asset at estimated fair value based on the agreement, which was considered a Level 2 fair value measurement. The land had a carrying value of $470, which was consistent with the estimated sale price less costs to sell, and therefore no estimated gain or loss was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2024. The $470 carrying value of the land has been reclassified from property, plant and equipment, net, to assets held for sale on the Company's condensed consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2024 and September 30, 2024. The transaction closed in the fourth quarter of 2024, and the Company has no assets held for sale as of December 31, 2024.

Other Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities which are provided for disclosure purposes:


		December 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
	Fair Value Hierarchy Level	Carrying Amount	Estimated Fair Value	Carrying Amount	Estimated Fair Value
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	Level 1	26,111	26,111	30,312	30,312

Liabilities
Finance leases	Level 3	8,289	8,437	9,688	9,688
Term Loan	Level 2	119,303	95,442	122,500	98,000

Cash and cash equivalents included funds deposited in banks, and the fair values approximated carrying values due to their short-term maturities. The fair values of other current assets and liabilities including accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximated their carrying value due to their short-term maturities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

The estimated fair value of finance leases, which were considered Level 3 fair value measurements were calculated as the present value of the required future cash outflows discounted at an estimated borrowing rate. Finance leases primarily relate to the Sale-Leaseback transaction that was entered into in the first quarter of 2023. The fair value of the Term Loan was estimated based on Level 2 fair value measurements and was based on bank quotes. The carrying amount of the Term Loan reported above excludes unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs. Refer to Note 7 – Leases and Note 10 – Debt, for further discussion of the Company's finance leases and Term Loan, respectively.

The Company did not have any transfers between Levels within the fair value hierarchy during the periods presented.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation and supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, the Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

As a result of this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, our internal control over financial reporting was effective in providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This annual report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm as it is not required.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

(a) On February 28, 2025, Richard D. Moss, a non-employee director of the Company, tendered his resignation from the Company’s board of directors to be effective as of immediately prior to the Company’s 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which has been accepted by the board of directors. Mr. Moss did not resign as a result of any disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices.

(b) During the year ended December 31, 2024, no director or officer of the Company adopted, modified or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Except as set forth below, the information required by this Item will be included in the 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table sets forth the name, age, and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of March 5, 2025.


Name	Age	Position
B. John Lindeman	55	Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer
Mark Parker	65	President
Kevin O'Brien	45	Chief Financial Officer
Erica Ackerman	49	Chief Accounting Officer
William Toler	65	Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors
Patrick Chung	35	Director
Susan P. Peters	71	Director, Chairperson of Compensation Committee
Renah Persofsky	66	Director, Chairperson of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Richard D. Moss	67	Director, Chairperson of Audit Committee and Mergers and Acquisitions Committee
Melisa Denis	61	Director

B. John Lindeman, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer

Mr. Lindeman has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer since January 2025. Mr. Lindeman had served as the Company’s Executive Vice President since August 2022 and Chief Financial Officer since March 2020. From August 2015 until assuming his role at Hydrofarm in March 2020, Mr. Lindeman served as Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary at Calavo Growers, Inc. (Nasdaq: CVGW) (“Calavo”), a global avocado-industry leader and expanding provider of valued-added fresh food, where he was responsible for the finance, accounting, IT and human resource functions. Prior to joining Calavo, Mr. Lindeman held various leadership positions within the finance and investment banking industries, including serving as managing director at Sageworth Trust Company, a family office and private trust company, from March 2015 to July 2015, managing director and co-head of the consumer and retail group at Janney Montgomery Scott from August 2009 to March 2015, managing director at Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc. from December 2005 to August 2009 and principal at Legg Mason from October 1999 to December 2005. Prior to joining Legg Mason, he was a Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from August 1996 to October 1999. Mr. Lindeman currently serves as a director of both Utz Brands, Inc. (NYSE: UTZ), a position he has held since September 2020, and Calavo where he has served since June 2024. Mr. Lindeman is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Mary Washington.

Mark Parker, President

Mark Parker has served as our President since January 2025. Mr. Parker had served as the Company’s Executive Vice President of Sales and Business Development since February 2022. Mr. Parker has over 30 years of experience in sales and marketing, and leading complex integration projects in multiple industries, in particular with consumer packaging goods. From May 2019 until February 2022, Mr. Parker served as the Company’s Senior Vice President of Business Development. Prior to joining Hydrofarm, Mr. Parker was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of iQ Solutions, where he spent nine years assisting organizations in commercialization efforts focused on sales and marketing. Mr. Parker also previously served as Senior Vice President of Trade Marketing, U.S. Soup Division, for Campbell Soup Company (NYSE: CPB), where he introduced innovative initiatives as “Soup to Go” (convenience in a package) and iQ Shelf, an in-store approach to simplify consumer shopping experience and drive mutual share growth. Mr. Parker holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics from Wingate University.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Kevin O’Brien, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. O’Brien has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2025. Mr. O’Brien had served as the Company’s Chief Accounting Officer since March 2022. Prior to joining Hydrofarm, Mr. O’Brien served as the Chief Accounting Officer of CPI Card Group Inc. (Nasdaq: PMTS) since April 2018. Mr. O’Brien previously served as the Director of Corporate Accounting and SEC Reporting at the same company from March 2016 until April 2018. Mr. O’Brien has over 20 years of accounting experience, including serving as a Senior Audit Manager at Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. O’Brien is a Colorado Certified Public Accountant and received a Bachelor of Science in Business with an emphasis in Accounting from University of Colorado and a Master of Science with an emphasis in Accounting from the same institution.

Erica Ackerman, Chief Accounting Officer

Ms. Ackerman has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since January 2025 and Corporate Controller since March 2023. Ms. Ackerman had served as Assistant Controller from March 2021 to March 2023. Prior to joining Hydrofarm, Ms. Ackerman spent over 14 years at McKesson Corporation, including as Director of Global Corporate Reporting from June 2018 to July 2020 and as Senior Manager of Technical Accounting from January 2013 to June 2018. Ms. Ackerman is a California Certified Public Accountant and earned her Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Washington Foster School of Business.

William Toler, Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

Mr. Toler has served as our Executive Chairman of our board of directors since January 2025. Mr. Toler had served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 1, 2019, until his appointment to office of Executive Chairman. Prior to joining Hydrofarm in 2019, Mr. Toler was the Chief Executive Officer of Hostess Brands, Inc. (Nasdaq: TWNK) ("Hostess"), a food and beverage company, from April 2014 to March 2018. Under his leadership, Hostess successfully re-established the iconic Hostess brand as a leader within the sweet baked goods category, returned the company to profitability and transitioned Hostess from a private to public company. Mr. Toler has over 35 years of executive leadership experience in supply chain management and consumer packaged goods, including previously having served as Chief Executive Officer of AdvancePierre Foods, from September 2008 to August 2013, and President of Pinnacle Foods. He has also held executive roles at Campbell Soup Company (NYSE: CPB), Nabisco, and Procter & Gamble (NYSE: PG). Mr. Toler served on the board of directors of Collier Creek Holdings from September 2018 to September 2020, Hostess Brands from May 2014 to March 2018, AdvancePierre Foods from 2008 to 2013 and Pinnacle Foods from 2007 to 2008. In addition, Mr. Toler has also served as a senior advisor at Oaktree Capital Management, an investment management firm, from September 2013 to April 2014. Mr. Toler holds a B.A. in Business Management and Economics from North Carolina State University.

Patrick Chung, Director

Mr. Chung has served as our director since November 10, 2020. Mr. Chung has served as Vice President of Investments at CentreCourt since October 2022. Previously, Mr. Chung served as the Vice President of Finance at Serruya Private Equity Inc. from March 2018 to October 2022. In this role, Mr. Chung oversaw financial reporting and asset management for the fund, led the real estate investments team, and played a strategic role in the growth of investee companies. Previously, Mr. Chung was the Director of Finance for Inside Edge Properties Ltd. from March 2017 to March 2018. From January 2015 to March 2017, Mr. Chung served as the Assistant Manager of Finance Advisory for Deloitte. Prior to January 2015, Mr. Chung served as an Associate of Risk Assurance Services at PricewaterhouseCoopers Canada. In December 2015, Mr. Chung was designated as a Chartered Professional Accountant by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario. Mr. Chung received his Bachelor of Accounting and Finance and Minor in Economics from the University of Waterloo in December 2011 and his Masters of Accounting from the University of Waterloo in August 2012. Mr. Chung was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his expertise in financial accounting and investment management.

Susan P. Peters, Director

Ms. Peters has served as our director since November 10, 2020. Previously, she was the Senior Vice President of Human Resources for General Electric Company (“GE”) (NYSE: GE) from July 2013 until December 2017 after which she retired following 38 years of service. In her role as Chief Human Resource Officer (“CHRO”), Ms. Peters was a member of GE’s senior leadership team. From 2001 to 2007 Ms. Peters served as GE’s Vice President of Executive Development and served as Chief Learning Officer since 2007. In her role as the CHRO, Ms. Peters oversaw all aspects of the Human Resource function for GE’s workforce of approximately 325,000 employees in 175 countries. She was responsible for all of GE’s talent acquisition, talent development, learning, compensation and benefits, payroll, union relations, and security. Approximately 5,000 human resource employees worked under her leadership. Ms. Peters was first appointed as an officer at GE in 1997. Ms. Peters was a founding member of the GE Women’s Network and was also a member of the GE Foundation Board and the GE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pension Board. Ms. Peters also served on the National Board of Directors of Girl Scouts of the USA from 2008 until 2017. She is currently a member of the Loews Corporation (NYSE: L) board of directors. Ms. Peters received her B.A. from St. Mary’s College, Notre Dame and her Masters in Education from the University of Virginia. Ms. Peters was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her expertise in leadership and development and her experience serving as an officer of a global industrial company.

Renah Persofsky, Director

Ms. Persofsky has served as our director since November 10, 2020. Ms. Persofsky has over 40 years of business experience. Ms. Persofsky has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Strajectory Corp. since 2010 and served as an executive consultant of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (NYSE: CM) from 2011 to 2021. Ms. Persofsky served as the Chairwoman of BookJane Inc. from October 2016 to December 2021; a director of Tilray Brands, Inc. (Nasdaq: TLRY) (f/k/a Aphria Inc.) since October 2017 and the Vice Chairwoman and Lead Director since October 2019; the Chairwoman of Green Gruff Inc. since July 2019; a director of Greenlane Holdings (Nasdaq: GNLN) since April 2022; and a director at Oceansix Future Paths Ltd. (TSXV: OSIX) (f/k/a K.B. Recycling Industries Ltd.) from April 2021 to January 2025. Ms. Persofsky has also previously served as an executive consultant to many iconic brands including Tim Hortons, Canadian Tire (OTCMKTS: CDNAF), Canada Post and Interac, and was an executive officer of the Bank of Montreal (NYSE: BMO). Ms. Persofsky previously co-chaired the Canadian Minister’s Advisory Committee on Electronic Commerce, as well as served as a special advisor to the Minister of Foreign Affairs and Trade. Ms. Persofsky received her degree from the Rotman School of Management at the University of Toronto. Ms. Persofsky was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her global business and e-commerce expertise, and her experience with the cannabis industry.

Richard D. Moss, Director

Mr. Moss has served as our director since November 10, 2020. Mr. Moss served as Chief Financial Officer of Hanesbrands Inc. (NYSE: HBI), a leading Fortune 500 apparel company, from October 2011 until October 2017, after which he served in an advisory role at Hanesbrands until his retirement on December 31, 2017. Prior to his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Moss led several key financial functions, including treasury and tax, at Hanesbrands from 2006 to 2011. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Moss served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Chattem Inc. (Nasdaq: CHTT), a leading marketer and manufacturer of branded over-the-counter health-care products, toiletries and dietary supplements. Mr. Moss also previously served as a senior advisor to Nexo Capital Partners from January 2018 until December 2020. Mr. Moss served as a director of Winnebago Industries, Inc. (NYSE: WGO), a leading U.S. recreational vehicle manufacturer from February 2017 through December 2024, and has served as a director of Nature’s Sunshine Products, Inc. (Nasdaq: NATR) since May 2018. Mr. Moss received a B.A. and an M.B.A. from Brigham Young University. Mr. Moss was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his significant financial and corporate governance experience, including experience with public, consumer-oriented companies.

Melisa Denis, Director

Ms. Denis has served as our director since November 20, 2020. Ms. Denis is currently President of Miracle Pointe Development, a real estate development company. Ms. Denis has served as a director of Smartkem, Inc. (OTCMKTS: SMTK), an electronics and display technology organization, since November 2023. Ms. Denis previously served as a partner at KPMG from 1998 to October 2020, including as National Tax Leader for Consumer Goods and as the leader of the Consumer and Industrial Market for Dallas. Ms. Denis has served as a member of the Board of Regents for the University of North Texas System since January 2020, an advisory board member of Women Corporate Directors since 2011, and a board member of Enactus, a global non-profit, since 2019. Ms. Denis is a Certified Public Accountant and received her degree in accounting and her Masters of accounting and tax from the University of North Texas. Ms. Denis was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her significant financial and tax experience, including experience with companies in the consumer goods industry.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item will be included in the 2025 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8 herein.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8 herein.

(3) Exhibits

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Exhibit						Description

2.1+						Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2021, by and among House & Garden Holdings, LLC, House & Garden, Inc., Humboldt Wholesale, Inc., Allied Imports & Logistics, Inc., South Coast Horticultural Supply, Inc., the Sellers (as defined therein), and Steven Muller, as Sellers’ Representative (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on May 26, 2021).
2.2+						Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Gotham Properties LLC, Aurora Innovations Inc., an Oregon corporation, Aurora International, Inc., and certain equity holders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on June 21, 2021).
2.3+						Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Greenstar Plant Products Inc., GSPP Investments Inc., Funance Productions Corp., Michael Nemirow, and 13213684 Canada Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on August 3, 2021).
2.4						Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 28, 2018, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm Merger Sub, Inc. and Hydrofarm Investment Corp. (incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
2.5+						Stock Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Bruce Zierk and Christopher Mayer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on November 3, 2021).
2.6						Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Bruce Zierk and Christopher Mayer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on November 3, 2021).
3.1						Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
3.2						Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on December 1, 2020).
3.3						Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
3.4						Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’ Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on February 18 , 2025.
3.5						Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on December 1, 2020).
4.1						Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
4.2*						Description of Capital Stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Exhibit						Description

10.1						Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by referenced to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2021).
10.2+						First Amendment and Joinder to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Hydrofarm Investment Corp., Hydrofarm Holdings LLC, EHH Holdings LLC, Sunblaster LLC, Hydrofarm Canada, LLC, Sunblaster Holdings ULC, Eddi’s Wholesale Garden Supplies Ltd., Field 16, LLC, House & Garden, Inc., Humboldt Wholesale, Inc., Aurora Innovations, LLC, House & Garden Holdings, LLC, Gotham Properties LLC, Aurora International, LLC, Allied Imports & Logistics, Inc., Aurora Peat Products ULC, Greenstar Plant Products Inc., the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on September 7, 2021).
10.3+						Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Field 16, LLC, House & Garden, Inc., Humboldt Wholesale, Inc., Aurora Innovations, LLC, Hydrofarm Investment Corp., Hydrofarm Holdings LLC, EHH Holdings LLC, Sunblaster LLC, Hydrofarm Canada, LLC, Sunblaster Holdings ULC, Eddi’s Wholesale Garden Supplies Ltd., House & Garden Holdings, LLC, Gotham Properties LLC, Aurora International, LLC, Allied Imports & Logistics, Inc., Aurora Peat Products ULC, Greenstar Plant Products Inc., the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 15, 2021).
10.4						Third Amendment and Joinder to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2022, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Field 16, LLC, Aurora Innovations, LLC, Innovative Growers Equipment, Inc., Manufacturing & Supply Chain Services, Inc., Hydrofarm Investment Corp., Hydrofarm Holdings LLC, EHH Holdings LLC, Sunblaster LLC, Hydrofarm Canada, LLC, Sunblaster Holdings ULC, Eddi’s Wholesale Garden Supplies Ltd., House & Garden Holdings, LLC, Gotham Properties LLC, Aurora International, LLC, Aurora Peat Products ULC, Greenstar Plant Products Inc., Innovative AG Installation, Inc., Innovative Racking Systems, Inc., Innovative Shipping Solutions, Inc., Innovative Growers Equipment Canada, Inc., the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-39773), filed with the SEC on November 09, 2022).
10.5						Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Limited Consent and Waiver, dated December 22, 2022, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Field 16, LLC, Aurora Innovations, LLC, Innovative Growers Equipment, Inc., Manufacturing & Supply Chain Services, Inc., Hydrofarm Investment Corp., Hydrofarm Holdings LLC, EHH Holdings, LLC, Sunblaster LLC, Hydrofarm Canada, LLC, Sunblaster Holdings ULC, Eddi’s Wholesale Garden Supplies Ltd., House & Garden Holdings, LLC, Gotham Properties LLC, Aurora International, LLC, Aurora Peat Products ULC, Greenstar Plant Products Inc., Innovative Ag Installation, Inc., Innovative Racking Systems, Inc., Innovative Shipping Solutions, Inc., Innovative Growers Equipment Canada, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-39773), filed with the SEC on December 29, 2022).
10.6						Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 31, 2023, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Field 16, LLC, Innovative Growers Equipment, Inc., Manufacturing & Supply Chain Services, Inc., Hydrofarm Investment Corp., Hydrofarm Holdings LLC, EHH Holdings, LLC, Sunblaster LLC, Hydrofarm Canada, LLC, Sunblaster Holdings ULC, Eddi’s Wholesale Garden Supplies Ltd., House & Garden Holdings, LLC, Gotham Properties LLC, Aurora International, LLC, Aurora Peat Products ULC, Greenstar Plant Products Inc., Innovative AG Installation, Inc., Innovative Racking Systems, Inc., Innovative Shipping Solutions, Inc., Innovative Growers Equipment Canada, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 6, 2023).
10.7						Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November 1, 2024, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Hydrofarm, LLC, Field 16, LLC, Innovative Growers Equipment, Inc., Manufacturing & Supply Chain Services, Inc., Hydrofarm Investment Corp., Hydrofarm Holdings LLC, EHH Holdings, LLC, Sunblaster LLC, Hydrofarm Canada, LLC, Sunblaster Holdings ULC, Eddi’s Wholesale Garden Supplies Ltd., House & Garden Holdings, LLC, Aurora International, LLC, Aurora Peat Products ULC, Greenstar Plant Products Inc., Innovative AG Installation, Inc., Innovative Racking Systems, Inc., Innovative Shipping Solutions, Inc., Innovative Growers Equipment Canada, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as lender and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 7, 2024).
10.8+						Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., the other credit parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 15, 2021).

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Exhibit						Description

10.9						Amendment No. 1 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2023, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., the subsidiaries of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral Agent. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 3, 2023).
10.10+						Unit Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2021, by and among Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., Field 16, LLC, F16 Holding LLC and the members of F16 Holding LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-255510) filed with the SEC on April 26, 2021).
10.11**						Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2019, by and between Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. and William Toler (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
10.12**						Offer Letter, dated February 26, 2020, by and between Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. and B. John Lindeman (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
10.13**						Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
10.14**						Form of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
10.15**						Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
10.16**						Form of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
10.17**						Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on December 1, 2020).
10.18**						Form of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 14, 2024).
10.19**						Form of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 14, 2024).
10.20**						Form of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan Performance Stock Unit Grant Notice (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 14, 2024).
10.21						Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-250037), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
10.22**						Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 13, 2021)
10.23+						Purchase Agreement, dated May 10, 2024, by and between Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. and CM Fabrication, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2024).
19.1*						Insider Trading Policy
21.1*						Subsidiaries of Hydrofarm Holdings Group Inc.
23.1*						Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
31.1*						Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*						Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1*#						Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2*#						Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
97.1						Clawback Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-39773) filed with the SEC on February 29, 2024).
101. INS						Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Exhibit						Description

101.SCH						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Schema Linkbase Document.
101.CAL						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Labels Linkbase Document.
101.PRE						Inline XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.
104						Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

* Filed herewith.

** Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

# The certifications attached as Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and shall not be deemed "filed" by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall they be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

+ In accordance with Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K, certain information (indicated by “[***]”) has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both not material and private or confidential. A copy of the omitted portion will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. Additionally, certain schedules and exhibits have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Item 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


			Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.

Date: March 5, 2025			/s/ B. John Lindeman
			B. John Lindeman
			Chief Executive Officer
			(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons, on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated below and on the dates indicated.

Signatures

Title

Date

/s/ B. John Lindeman

Chief Executive Officer

March 5, 2025

B. John Lindeman

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Kevin O'Brien

Chief Financial Officer

March 5, 2025

Kevin O'Brien

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Erica Ackerman

Chief Accounting Officer

March 5, 2025

Erica Ackerman

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ William Toler

Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 5, 2025

William Toler

/s/ Susan Peters

March 5, 2025

Susan Peters

Director

/s/ Patrick Chung

March 5, 2025

Patrick Chung

Director

/s/ Renah Persofsky

March 5, 2025

Renah Persofsky

Director

/s/ Richard D. Moss

March 5, 2025

Richard D. Moss

Director

/s/ Melisa Denis

March 5, 2025

Melisa Denis

Director

Exhibit 4.2

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary of the material terms of certain provisions of the securities of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (“we,” “our,” or the “Company”) is not intended to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities and is qualified by reference to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated August 28, 2018 (as amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our Amended and Restated Bylaws dated November 10, 2020 (the “Bylaws”) which are exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 (the “Annual Report”). Stockholders are urged to read the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as in effect as of the date our Annual Report is filed with the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission in their entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of our securities. A copy of our Certificate of Incorporation may be obtained from us upon written request.

Following approval by our stockholders at our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on June 6, 2024, the board of directors approved a reverse stock split of our outstanding shares of common stock, at a reverse stock split ratio of 1-for-10 (the “Reverse Stock Split”) which became effective February 12, 2025 at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time. Our shares of common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on The Nasdaq Capital Market at the commencement of trading on February 13, 2025 . Our total stockholders’ equity, in the aggregate, and the par value for our common stock, did not change, as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. References to share amounts and per share amounts in this summary have been adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split.

Common Stock

Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Voting. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which the holders are entitled to vote (or consent to).

Dividends. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive, ratably, dividends only if, when and as declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor and after provision is made for each class of capital stock having preference over the common stock. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the JPMorgan facility only permits payments of dividends if certain payment conditions are met, including an excess availability test and a fixed charge coverage test.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock may be entitled to share, ratably, in all assets remaining available for distribution after payment of all liabilities and after provision is made for each class of capital stock having preference over the common stock.

Preemptive and Similar Rights. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or similar rights.

Preferred Stock

Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share of which 15,000,000 shares were designated as Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Certificate of Designation dated December 30, 2019 (the “Certificate of Designation”).

Voting. The holders of preferred stock are entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote on such matter.

Dividends. From and after the date of the initial issuance (the “Initial Issuance Date”) of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, dividends shall accrue on the Series A Preferred Stock at a rate per annum of (x) 10% of the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) from and after the Initial Issuance Date, (y) 11% of the Series A Original Issue Price from and after nine (9) months following the Initial Issuance Date

and (z) 12% of the Series A Original Issue Price from and after eighteen (18) months following the Initial Issuance Date (collectively, the "Accruing Dividends"). The holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, only if, when as declared by our board of directors and we shall not all not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of our capital stock (other than dividends on shares of our common stock payable in shares of common stock) unless the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount set forth in the Certificate of Designation.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) or the available proceeds before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock in an amount per share equal to the greater of the (i) the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event.

Preemptive and Similar Rights. The holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have no preemptive or similar rights.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Authorized but unissued shares. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to the requirements of any national securities exchange on which our common stock is listed, should we so qualify for listing. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Stockholder action by written consent. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that no action shall be taken by our stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our Bylaws and no action shall be taken by our stockholders by written consent, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock permitting the holders of such series of preferred stock to act by written consent; provided, however, that, for so long as S5 Enterprises Inc. (formerly 2118769 Ontario Inc.), Fruzer Inc., Indulge Inc. (formerly 2208742 Ontario Inc.), Jackpot Inc. (formerly 2208744 Ontario Inc.), HF I Investments LLC, HF II Investments LLC, HF III

Investments LLC, Hawthorn LP, Hydrofarm Co-Investment Fund, LP, Arch Street Holdings I, LLC and Payne Capital Corp., together with their respective affiliates or successors, collectively beneficially own (directly or indirectly), in the aggregate, at least fifty percent (50%) of our then issued and outstanding common stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with our Bylaws may be taken by our stockholders by written consent.

Special meetings of stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that, except as otherwise required by law or provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by our board of directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of preferred stock, special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by (a) our board of directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the total number of our

directors that we would have if there were no vacancies or (b) the chair of our board of directors, and any power of our stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our Bylaws provide for an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with advance notice and duration of ownership requirements and provide us with certain information. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a qualified stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until the next stockholder meeting.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation (namely, those provisions relating to (i) directors; (ii) limitation of director liability, indemnification and advancement of expenses and renunciation of corporate opportunities; (iii) meetings of stockholders; and (iv) amendments to our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws) may not be altered, amended or repealed in any respect (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), nor may any provision inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2∕3%) of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also provide that approval of stockholders holding sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2∕3%) of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class, is required for stockholders to make, alter, amend, or repeal any provision of our Bylaws. Our board of directors retains the right to alter, amend or repeal our Bylaws.

No Cumulative Voting. The DGCL provides that the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation expressly authorizes cumulative voting. The Certificate of Incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting.

Classified Board of Directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

Appointment of Directors to Fill Vacancies. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors and to fill vacancies in the board of directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the board of directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in size of the board of directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the board of directors, or by a single remaining director, and not by the stockholders.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provides indemnification and advancement of expenses for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that may be, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under the DGCL. In addition, as permitted by the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover

monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director. These provisions may be held not to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Corporate Opportunity Doctrine. The DGCL permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Under our Certificate of Incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, (a) we have renounced all interest and expectancy that we otherwise would be entitled to have in, and all rights to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that from time to time may be presented to (i) any of our directors, (ii) any of our stockholders, officers or agents, or (iii) any Affiliate (as defined in our Certificate of Incorporation) of any person or entity identified in the preceding clause (i) or (ii), but in each case excluding any such person in its capacity as an employee or director of us or our subsidiaries; (b) no stockholder and no director, in each case, that is not an employee of us or our subsidiaries, has any duty to refrain from (x) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in we or our subsidiaries from time to time are engaged or propose to engage or (y) otherwise competing, directly or indirectly, with us or any of our subsidiaries; and (c) if any stockholder or any director, in each case, that is not an employee of us or our subsidiaries, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity both for such stockholder or such director or any of their respective affiliates, on the one hand, and for us or our subsidiaries, on the other hand, such stockholder or director has no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or our subsidiaries and such stockholder or director may take any and all such transactions or opportunities for itself or offer such transactions or opportunities to any other person or entity. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any potential transaction or business opportunity that is expressly offered to a director or employee of our or our subsidiaries, solely in his or her capacity as a director or employee of us or our subsidiaries.

Furthermore, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, no potential transaction or business opportunity may be deemed to be a corporate opportunity of ours or our subsidiaries unless (a) we or our subsidiaries would be permitted to undertake such transaction or opportunity in accordance with our Certificate of Incorporation, (b) we or our subsidiaries at such time have sufficient financial resources to undertake such transaction or opportunity, (c) we or our subsidiaries have an interest or expectancy in such transaction or opportunity and (d) such transaction or opportunity would be in the same or similar line of business in which we or our subsidiaries are then engaged or a line of business that is reasonably related to, or a reasonable extension of, such line of business.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

•before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

•upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or

•at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Forum Selection. Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees owed to our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees arising pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (v) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (vi) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine against us or any of our directors, officers or other employees, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar of our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. They are located at 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004. Their telephone number is (212) 509-4000.

Exhibit 19.1

HYDROFARM HOLDINGS GROUP, INC.

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

(Effective Dec 9th, 2020; Last Updated February 2025)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. The Need for an Insider Trading Policy .................................................................................................... 2

II. What is Material Non‐Public Information?..........................................................................................…. 2

III. The Consequences of Insider Trading..................................................................................................... 3

IV. Our Policy.............................................................................................................................................… 4

General Prohibition of Trading.............................................................................................................. 4

Transactions by Family Members, Others in Your Household and Entities You Control....................… 4

Other Companies’ Non‐public Information. ......................................................................................... 4

Personal or Independent Reasons Are Not Exceptions. ....................................................................... 5

Policy Administrator.............................................................................................................................. 5

When Information Becomes Public. ..................................................................................................... 5

Prohibited Trading Periods. .................................................................................................................. 5

Exceptions for Certain Transactions. .................................................................................................... 6

Pre‐Clearance of All Acquisitions, Sales and Other Transfers by Certain Company Personnel............. 8

V. Individual Responsibility ....................................................................................................................…....9

VI. Additional Prohibited Transactions ........................................................................................................ 9

VII. Post‐Termination Transactions............................................................................................................. 10

VIII. Company Assistance ............................................................................................................................ 10

IX. Certifications.......................................................................................................................................... 10

Page 1

Exhibit 19.1

Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted the following policy regarding trading by Company personnel in the Company’s securities (the “Insider Trading Policy,” or this “Policy”). This Policy applies to all Company personnel, including directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. This Policy also applies to certain family members, other members of a person’s household and entities controlled by Company personnel, as described in Section IV below.

I. The Need for an Insider Trading Policy

This Policy has been developed:

•to educate all Company personnel as to the federal securities laws and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on insider trading in public company securities;

•to set forth requirements that apply to Company personnel and other persons covered by this Policy who seek to trade in the Company’s securities;

•to protect the Company and its personnel from legal liability; and

•to preserve the reputation of the Company and its personnel for integrity and ethical conduct.

Because the Company is a public company, transactions in the Company’s securities are subject to the federal securities laws and regulations adopted by the SEC. These laws and regulations make it illegal for an individual to buy or sell securities of the Company while aware of material non-public information. The SEC takes insider trading very seriously and devotes significant resources to uncovering the activity and to prosecuting offenders. Liability may extend not only to the individuals who trade while in possession of material non-public information but also to their “tippers,” people who leak material non-public information to individuals who then trade based on that information. The Company and “controlling persons” of the Company may also be liable for violations by Company employees.

II. What is Material Non-Public Information?

Definition.

Material non-public information is any information (positive or negative) that:

•is not generally known to the public, and

•which, if publicly known, would likely affect either the market price of the Company’s securities or a person’s decision to buy, sell or hold the Company’s securities.

Page 2

Exhibit 19.1

Examples. Common examples of information that will frequently be regarded as material include, but are not limited to:

•quarterly or annual earnings results;

•projections of future financial results;

•earnings or losses;

•news of a pending or proposed merger, acquisition or tender offer;

•news of a pending or proposed acquisition or disposition of a significant asset;

•news of a pending or proposed joint venture;

•a company restructuring;

•significant transactions with officers, directors or greater than 5% shareholders;

•financing transactions;

•changes in dividend policies, the declaration of a stock split or the offering of additional securities;

•establishment of a stock repurchase program;

•changes in pricing or cost structure of Company products or services;

•changes in management;

•changes in auditors or notification that the auditor’s reports may no longer be relied upon;

•significant new products or discoveries;

•pending or threatened significant litigation, or the resolution of such litigation;

•impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems;

•internal financial information which departs from what the market expects;

•the gain or loss of a significant customer or supplier, major contract, license, registration or collaboration;

•the entry, amendment or termination of a material contract; or

•other items that require the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC.

Twenty-Twenty Hindsight. In determining whether information is material, the SEC and other regulators will view the information after-the-fact with the benefit of hindsight. As a result, in determining whether any information is material, we will and you should carefully consider whether regulators and others might view the information as being material in hindsight, with the benefit of all relevant information that later becomes available. For example, if there is a significant change in the Company’s stock price following release of certain information, that information will likely be determined to have been material when viewed with the benefit of hindsight.

In addition to addressing the relevant statutes and regulations in this area, we are adopting this Policy to avoid even the appearance of improper conduct on the part of anyone employed by or associated with the Company and certain related persons, not just members of senior management.

III. The Consequences of Insider Trading

The consequences of insider trading violations can be severe:

Page 3

Exhibit 19.1

For individuals who trade while in possession of material non-public information (or tip information to others):

•a civil penalty of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided;

•a criminal fine (no matter how small the profit) of up to $5 million; and

•a jail term of up to 20 years.

These penalties can apply even if the individual is not a member of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Company. Moreover, if an employee violates this Policy, he or she may also be subject to Company-imposed sanctions, including termination for cause.

For a Company (as well as possibly any supervisory person) that fails to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal trading:

•a civil penalty of the greater of $1 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the employee’s violation; and

•a criminal penalty of up to $25 million.

Any of the above consequences, including an SEC investigation that does not result in prosecution, can tarnish the Company’s or an individual’s reputation and irreparably damage a career.

IV. Our Policy

General Prohibition on Trading. Company personnel and Related Persons (as defined below in this Section IV) may not buy or sell securities of the Company while in possession of material non-public information or engage in any other action to take advantage of, or pass on to others, that information, subject to the specific exceptions noted below in this Section IV under the caption “Exceptions for Certain Transactions.”

Transactions by Family Members, Others in Your Household and Entities You Control. The restrictions in this Policy also apply to (1) immediate family members who reside with you, (2) others living in your household (whether or not related to you), (3) family members who do not live in your household but whose transactions in the Company’s securities are directed by you or are subject to your influence or control (e.g., parents or children who consult with you before they trade in the Company’s securities) and (4) any entities that you influence or control, including any corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts (each person or entity identified in clauses (1) – (4), a “Related Person”). SEC regulations specifically provide that any material non-public information about the Company communicated to any spouse, parent, child or sibling is considered to have been communicated under a duty of trust or confidence; and that any trading in the Company’s securities by such family members while they are aware of such information may, therefore, violate insider trading laws and regulations.

Company personnel are responsible for the compliance of all Related Persons with this Policy. This means that, to the extent such Related Persons of Company personnel intend to trade in the Company’s securities, the Related Persons need to comply with the black-out periods and all other restrictions in this Policy. Furthermore, you should not participate in any investment club (i.e., groups of people who pool their money to make investments) that may invest in the Company’s securities.

Other Companies’ Non-public Information. This Policy also applies with equal force to information relating to any other company, including our customers or suppliers, obtained by Company personnel during the course of their service to or employment by the Company. Specifically, no Company personnel who, in the course of work on behalf of the Company, learns of material non-public information about a company with which the Company does business may trade in the other company’s securities until the information becomes public or is no longer material.

Page 4

Exhibit 19.1

Personal or Independent Reasons Are Not Exceptions. Transactions in the Company’s securities that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure) are no exception. Even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve our reputation for adhering to the highest standards of conduct.

Policy Administrator. This Policy shall be administered by the “Policy Administrator,” who shall initially be Kevin O'Brien, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, and if such person is not available, then the Company’s current Chief Accounting Officer shall serve as the alternate Policy Administrator.

When Information Becomes Public. This Policy applies to material non-public information about the Company, which means that trading is permitted once the information becomes known to the public (unless some other Company policy or legal obligation restricts trading at that time). Because the Company’s shareholders and the investing public should be afforded time to receive and absorb information, as a general rule you should not engage in any transactions until the beginning of the second business day after material information has been released. Thus, if an announcement is made before the market opens on a Monday, Wednesday generally would be the first day on which you may trade. If an announcement is made before the market opens on a Friday, Tuesday generally would be the first day on which you may trade. However, if the information released is complex, such as a major financing or other significant transaction, it may be necessary to allow additional time for the information to be absorbed by the investing public. In such circumstances, you will be notified by the Policy Administrator regarding a suitable waiting period before trading. In addition, we have established specified black-out periods, as described below.

Prohibited Trading Periods. While it is never permissible to trade based on material non-public information, we are implementing the following procedures to help prevent inadvertent violations of this Policy and avoid even the appearance of an improper transaction (which could result, for example, where Company personnel engage in a trade while unaware of a pending major development).

(1) Company Wide Black-Out Periods Applicable to All Company Personnel. All Company personnel and Related Persons are prohibited from trading in any of the Company’s securities during the following periods:

•from the time each such individual becomes aware of the material information (the black-out start times often vary), until the beginning of the second business day after the day the Company has made a public announcement of material information, including earnings releases, unless the information released is complex, in which case it may be necessary to extend this period and the Policy Administrator will notify you of any such extension of the black-out period; and

•during other specified periods when significant developments or announcements are anticipated, as notified by the Policy Administrator.

Of course, even during periods when trading is permitted, no one, including persons or entities who do not fall within the definition of Related Persons, should trade in the Company’s securities if he or she possesses material non-public information.

(2) Additional Black-Out Periods Applicable to HYFM Affiliates, HYFM Insiders, and HYFM Acquisition Insiders. In addition to being subject to the trading procedures applicable to all Company personnel (above), HYFM Affiliates, HYFM Insiders, and HYFM Acquisition Insiders (each as defined below) and Related Persons of such individuals are also subject to additional trading procedures and restrictions during the following periods:

•HYFM Affiliates. HYFM Affiliates are subject to a continuous blackout, and any trade must be pre-cleared by the Policy Administrator.

•HYFM Insiders. HYFM Insiders are subject to a blackout each fiscal quarter, beginning 15 calendar days prior to the close of each quarter and ending two trading days following the release of the Company’s financial results for such

Page 5

Exhibit 19.1

quarter (or, for the fourth quarter, the Company’s financial results for the full year). For example, if the Company released quarterly financial results post-market on a Wednesday, trading would be blacked out until the next Monday.

•HYFM Acquisition Insiders. HYFM Acquisition Insiders are subject to a blackout during any potential acquisition, sale, and/or merger involving the Company.; and

•any other periods as determined by the Company.

The following individuals constitute the “HYFM Affiliates”: all Named Executive Officers (as defined in Item 402 of Regulation S-K), all Officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act), and all non-employee members of the Board of Directors, as listed on Exhibit A hereto, which list may be amended from time to time to reflect the then-current group of such individuals.

The following individuals constitute the “HYFM Insiders”: all members of the Executive Leadership Team, all employees with access to consolidated financial statements, all employees who take part and/or review the consolidated management financials monthly. The list of HYFM Insiders is maintained by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. The list is amended from time to time to reflect the then-current group of such individuals, and the Director of Financial Reporting will notify any newly added individuals of such addition.

The following individuals constitute the “HYFM Acquisition Insiders”: all employees involved in or aware of any pre-due diligence efforts, due diligence efforts or other activities related to any potential acquisition, sale, and/or merger involving the Company. The list of HYFM Acquisition Insiders is maintained by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. The list may be amended from time to time to reflect the then-current group of such individuals, and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer will notify any newly added individuals of such addition.

The Policy Administrator may, from time to time, amend the list of and/or designate other employees as HYFM Affiliates, HYFM Insiders, or HYFM Acquisition Insiders, in which case the Policy Administrator shall notify the affected individuals.

Exceptions for Certain Transactions.

Gifts. Bona fide gifts are not transactions that are subject to this Policy, unless the person making the gift (the donor) has reason to believe that the recipient of the gift intends to sell the Company’s securities while the donor is in possession of material non-public information.

Mutual Funds. Transactions in mutual funds that are invested in the Company’s securities are not transactions subject to this Policy.

Transactions Involving Company Equity Plans. Except as otherwise noted below, this Policy does not apply to the following transactions:

•Stock Option Exercises. This Policy does not apply to the exercise of an employee stock option acquired pursuant to the Company’s equity plans, or to the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which a person has elected to have the Company withhold shares subject to an option to satisfy tax withholding requirements. This Policy does apply, however, to any sale of stock as part of a broker-assisted cashless exercise of an option, or any other market sale of stock for the purpose of generating the cash needed to pay the exercise price and or taxes upon the exercise of an option.

•Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards. This Policy does not apply to the vesting of restricted stock or restricted stock units, or the exercise of a tax withholding right pursuant to which a person elects to have the Company withhold shares of stock to satisfy tax withholding requirements upon the vesting of any restricted stock or restricted stock unit. This Policy does

Page 6

Exhibit 19.1

apply, however, to any market sale of restricted stock or shares received upon vesting of restricted stock units.

(3) Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans. Notwithstanding the restrictions and prohibitions on trading in the Company’s securities set forth in this Policy, persons subject to this Policy are permitted to effect transactions in the Company’s securities pursuant to approved trading plans established under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Trading Plans”), which may include transactions during the prohibited periods discussed above. Rule 10b5-1 requires that these transactions be made pursuant to a plan that was established while the person was not in possession of material non-public information, and the SEC requires that these plans not be entered into during any applicable Company-imposed black-out period. The Company must pre-approve any such Trading Plan prior to its effectiveness. Each new or modified Trading Plan is subject to a cooling-off period which must end before an individual may trade pursuant to such Trading Plan, as set forth below:

•Directors and Officers. After a Trading Plan is adopted or modified, directors and Section 16 officers of the Company may not trade in the Company’s securities under such Trading Plan until the later of (a) 90 days after adoption or modification of the Trading Plan or (b) two business days following disclosure of the Company’s financial results in a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K for the fiscal quarter in which the Trading Plan was adopted or modified; provided, however, that such cooling off period shall not exceed 120 days. Trading Plans entered into or modified by directors and Section 16 officers of the Company must include a representation in such Trading Plan certifying that, at the time of adoption or modification of Trading Plan, (1) such individual is not aware of material nonpublic information about the Company or its securities; and (2) such individual is adopting the Trading Plan in good faith and not as a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5.

•All Other Employees. After a Trading Plan is adopted or modified, all persons other than directors or Section 16 officers of the Company are subject to a cooling-off period of 30 days.

Once a Trading Plan is adopted or modified, you must not exercise any influence over the amount of securities to be traded, the price at which they are to be traded or the dates of the trades. The Trading Plan must either specify the amount, pricing and timing of transactions in advance or delegate discretion on these matters to an independent third party. Any modification of a Trading Plan is the equivalent of entering into a new Trading Plan and cancelling the old Trading Plan. Company personnel seeking to establish, modify or cancel a Trading Plan should contact the Policy Administrator.

The following restrictions shall apply to all Trading Plans:

•Overlapping Trading Plans. You may not have more than one Trading Plan in place at one time, with the following exceptions:

oIntegrated contracts with multiple brokers. You may have multiple contracts with different broker-dealers or agents that, taken together, may be treated as one Trading Plan if such contracts, when taken together as a whole, qualify as a Trading Plan. Pursuant to this exception, any modification to one contract constitutes a modification to the other contracts. Substitution of broker-dealers or agents alone does not constitute a modification, so long as the terms of the Trading Plan with respect to the amount, price or timing of the purchase or sale of securities do not change.

oLater-commencing plans. You may have two Trading Plans at once so long as (i) trading under the later-commencing plan is not authorized to begin until all trades under the earlier-commencing plan are completed or have expired without execution and (ii) the Trading Plans meet all other conditions under Rule 10b5-1. If you are relying on this exception

Page 7

Exhibit 19.1

and the earlier-commencing plan is terminated prior to its expiration date, then the cooling-off period for the later-commencing plan will be deemed to begin on the date of termination of the earlier-commencing plan.

o“Sell-to-cover” plans. You may have more than one Trading Plan if such additional Trading Plans only authorize qualified “sell-to-cover” transactions intended to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to the vesting of an equity award (such as restricted stock units or performance stock units), so long as you do not otherwise control the timing of such sales. This exception does not apply to any option awards.

•Single-Trade Plans. You may only rely on the Rule 10b5-1 affirmative defense for a “single-trade plan” once in any 12-month period. A “single-trade plan” is a Trading Plan that is designed to effect the purchase or sale of securities as a single transaction; however, a Trading Plan is not a single-trade plan when (1) the Trading Plan leaves an agent discretion over whether to execute the Trading Plan as a single transaction or (2) the Trading Plan does not leave discretion to an agent, but instead provides that the agent’s future acts will depend on events or data not known when the Trading Plan is adopted and it is reasonably foreseeable at the time the Trading Plan is adopted that it may result in multiple transactions. This restriction does not apply to sell-to-cover arrangements.

•Good Faith. You must act in good faith with respect to a Trading Plan from the time it is adopted through the duration of the Trading Plan.

Pre-Clearance of All Acquisitions, Sales and Other Transfers by Certain Company Personnel. In order to ensure compliance with this Policy and with any Section 16 reporting requirements, all transactions in the Company’s securities (including acquisitions, sales, gifts and other transfers, whether or not for value), including the execution of Trading Plans, by HYFM Affiliates, HYFM Insiders, HYFM Acquisition Insiders, and Related Persons, must be pre-cleared by the Policy Administrator during their respective black-out periods. If you are a member of one of the groups listed above and you contemplate a transaction in the Company’s securities, you must contact the Policy Administrator or other designated individual prior to executing the transaction during your black-out period. The Policy Administrator will use his or her reasonable best efforts to provide approval or disapproval within two business days. You must wait until receiving pre-clearance to execute the transaction. Neither the Company nor the Policy Administrator shall be liable for any delays that may occur due to the pre-clearance process. If the transaction is pre-cleared by the Policy Administrator, it must be executed by the end of the second business day after receipt of pre-clearance. Notwithstanding receipt of preclearance of a transaction, if you become aware of material non-public information about the Company after receiving the pre-clearance but prior to the execution of the transaction, you may not execute the transaction. The responsibility for determining whether you are in possession of material non-public information rests with you, as discussed below in Section V. If you are a Section 16 reporting person, promptly following execution of the transaction, but in no event later than the end of the first business day after the execution of the transaction, you must notify the Policy Administrator and provide details regarding the transaction sufficient to complete the required Section 16 filing.

Employees of the Company who are not HYFM Affiliates, HYFM Insiders, or HYFM Acquisition Insiders may, but are not required to, pre-clear transactions in the Company’s securities in the same manner as set forth above. Such employees are not required to notify the Policy Administrator following execution of the transaction.

Please note that pre-clearance does not provide Company personnel with immunity from investigation or suit, as it is the responsibility of the individual to comply with the federal securities regulations.

Page 8

Exhibit 19.1

V. Individual Responsibility

Persons subject to this Policy have ethical and legal obligations to maintain the confidentiality of information about the Company and to not engage in transactions in the Company’s securities while in possession of material non-public information. Each individual is responsible for making sure that he or she complies with this Policy, and that any Related Person, whose transactions are subject to this Policy, also complies with this Policy. In all cases, the responsibility for determining whether an individual is in possession of material non-public information rests with that individual, and any action on the part of the Company, the Policy Administrator or any other employee or director pursuant to this Policy (or otherwise) does not in any way constitute legal advice or insulate an individual from liability under applicable securities laws. You may be subject to legal penalties and disciplinary action by law enforcement officials and/or the Company for any conduct prohibited by this Policy or applicable securities laws, as described in Section III above.

Tipping Information to Others. Company personnel must not disclose non-public information about the Company to others outside the Company who do not have an obligation to maintain the confidentiality of such information. If the outsider trades on such information, you may incur penalties for insider trading whether or not you derive any monetary benefit from the other person’s trading activities. Material non-public information is often inadvertently disclosed or overheard in casual, social conversations. Please take care to avoid such disclosures.

Prevention of Insider Trading by Others. If you become aware of a potential insider trading violation, you must immediately advise our Policy Administrator and/or report the matter using the Company’s anonymous whistleblower reporting procedures. You should also take steps, where appropriate, to prevent persons under your supervision and/or control from using material non-public information for trading purposes. Moreover, Company-imposed sanctions, including termination for cause, could result if an employee fails to comply with this Policy.

Confidentiality. Serious problems could be caused for the Company by the unauthorized disclosure of internal information about the Company, whether or not for the purpose of facilitating improper trading in the Company’s securities. Company personnel should not discuss internal Company matters or developments (whether or not you think such information is material) with anyone outside of the Company (including, but not limited to, family, friends, business associates, investors and expert consulting firms), except as required in the performance of regular corporate duties. This prohibition applies specifically (but not exclusively) to inquiries about the Company that may be made by the financial press, investment analysts or others in the financial community and also includes posting material non-public information on any social media outlets such as Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn and X (formerly Twitter), etc. It is important that all such communications on behalf of the Company be made only through an authorized officer under carefully controlled circumstances. Unless you are expressly authorized to the contrary, if you receive any inquiries of this nature, you should decline comment and refer the inquirer to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

VI. Additional Prohibited Transactions

Because we believe it is generally improper and inappropriate for Company personnel to engage in short-term or speculative transactions involving the Company’s securities, it is our policy that Company personnel and Related Persons not engage in any of the following activities, except in limited circumstances with prior approval of the Policy Administrator:

•trading in the Company’s securities on a short-term basis. Any shares of Company common stock purchased in the open market must be held for a minimum of six months and ideally longer;

•short sales of the Company’s securities;

•use of the Company’s securities to secure a margin or other loan;

Page 9

Exhibit 19.1

•transactions in straddles, collars or other similar risk reduction or hedging devices; and

•transactions in publicly traded options relating to the Company’s securities (i.e., options that are not granted by the Company).

VII. Post-Termination Transactions

This Policy will no longer apply after termination of service to the Company. However, if termination occurs during a period in which the individual is blacked-out, the individual cannot trade until after the end of the black-out period, unless approval from the Policy Administrator is received. Additionally, if an individual is in possession of material non-public information when his or her service terminates, that individual may not trade in the Company’s securities until that information has become public or is no longer material, and it would be prudent for the individual, if he or she is subject to a black-out period upon termination of service, to refrain from trading until those restrictions no longer apply to Company personnel.

VIII. Company Assistance

Any person who has any questions about specific transactions or this Policy in general may obtain additional guidance from the Policy Administrator. Remember, however, that the ultimate responsibility for adhering to this Policy and avoiding improper transactions rests with you. In this regard, please use your best judgment when considering a transaction in the Company’s securities.

IX. Certifications

As a condition to employment, all employees will be required to certify their understanding of and intent to comply with this Policy. HYFM Affiliates, HYFM Insiders, and HYFM Acquisition Insiders and other personnel may be required to certify compliance on an annual basis.

Page 10

Exhibit 19.1

Exhibit A

Last Updated: February 2025

“HYFM Affiliates”

1.Chief Executive Officer

2.Chief Financial Officer

3.Chief Accounting Officer

4.President

5.Board of Directors

Page 11

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.


Name			Incorporation
Hydrofarm Investment Corp.			Delaware
Hydrofarm Holdings LLC			Delaware
Hydrofarm, LLC			California
EHH Holdings, LLC			Delaware
Eltac XXI S.L.			Spain
Sunblaster LLC			Delaware
Sunblaster Holdings ULC			Canada
Hydrofarm Canada, LLC			Delaware
Greenstar Plant Products Inc.			Canada
Eddi's Wholesale Garden Supplies Ltd.			Canada
Field 16, LLC			Delaware
House & Garden Holdings LLC			Delaware
Aurora International, LLC			Oregon
Aurora Peat Products ULC			Canada
Innovative Growers Equipment, Inc.			Illinois
Innovative Growers Equipment Canada, Inc.			Canada
Manufacturing & Supply Chain Services, Inc.			Delaware
Innovative AG Installation, Inc.			Illinois
Innovative Racking Systems, Inc.			Illinois
Innovative Shipping Solutions, Inc.			Illinois

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-277504, 333-270425 and 333-253143 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-268270 on Form S-3, of our report dated March 4, 2025, relating to the financial statements of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

March 4, 2025

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302

I, B. John Lindeman, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 5, 2025

By:

/s/ B. John Lindeman

B. John Lindeman

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302

I, Kevin O’Brien, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.;

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 5, 2025

By:

/s/ Kevin O’Brien

Kevin O’Brien

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 906

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

The Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2024 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 5, 2025

/s/ B. John Lindeman

B. John Lindeman

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 906

Dated: March 5, 2025

/s/ Kevin O’Brien

Kevin O’Brien

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Cover - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
Cover - USD ($) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2024	Feb. 27, 2025	Jun. 30, 2024
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Document Annual Report	true
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2024
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	001-39773
Entity Registrant Name	Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc.
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Entity Tax Identification Number	81-4895761
Entity Address, Address Line One	1510 Main Street
Entity Address, City or Town	Shoemakersville
Entity Address, State or Province	PA
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	19555
City Area Code	707
Local Phone Number	765-9990
Title of 12(b) Security	Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
Trading Symbol	HYFM
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	false
Document Financial Statement Error Correction [Flag]	false
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 30
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		4,614,279
Documents Incorporated by Reference	Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders ("2025 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such 2025 Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") within 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2024
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Central Index Key	0001695295

Audit Information	12 Months Ended
Audit Information	Dec. 31, 2024
Audit Information [Abstract]
Auditor Name	Deloitte & Touche LLP
Auditor Firm ID	34
Auditor Location	Minneapolis, Minnesota

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 26,111	$ 30,312
Accounts receivable, net	14,756	16,890
Inventories	50,633	75,354
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	3,712	5,510
Total current assets	95,212	128,066
Property, plant and equipment, net	37,545	47,360
Operating lease right-of-use assets	42,869	54,494
Intangible assets, net	249,002	275,881
Other assets	1,476	1,842
Total assets	426,104	507,643
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	12,279	12,613
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	10,647	9,529
Deferred revenue	2,611	3,231
Current portion of operating lease liabilities	7,731	8,336
Current portion of finance lease liabilities	459	954
Current portion of long-term debt	1,260	2,989
Total current liabilities	34,987	37,652
Long-term operating lease liabilities	37,553	47,506
Long-term finance lease liabilities	7,830	8,734
Long-term debt	114,693	115,412
Deferred tax liabilities	3,047	3,232
Other long-term liabilities	4,272	4,497
Total liabilities	202,382	217,033
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock ($0.0001 par value; 300,000,000 shares authorized; 4,614,279 and 4,578,841 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively, giving retroactive effect to the 1-10 reverse split effected on February 12, 2025)	0	0
Additional paid-in capital	790,094	787,851
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(8,911)	(6,497)
Accumulated deficit	(557,461)	(490,744)
Total stockholders’ equity	223,722	290,610
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 426,104	$ 507,643

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical)	Dec. 31, 2024 $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2023 $ / shares shares
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	300,000,000	300,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	4,614,279	4,578,841
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	4,614,279	4,578,841

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($)
$ in Thousands

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Dec. 31, 2023

Income Statement [Abstract]

Net sales

$ 190,288

$ 226,581

Cost of goods sold

158,155

188,969

Gross profit

32,133

37,612

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative

72,794

87,314

Loss on asset disposition

11,520

Loss from operations

(52,181)

(49,702)

Interest expense

(15,237)

(15,442)

Other income, net

1,570

118

Loss before tax

(65,848)

(65,026)

Income tax (expense) benefit

(869)

213

Net loss

$ (66,717)

$ (64,813)

Net loss per share

Basic (in dollars per share)

^[1]

$ (14.51)

$ (14.24)

Diluted (in dollars per share)

^[1]

$ (14.51)

$ (14.24)

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding

Basic (in shares)

^[1]

4,598,640

4,550,836

Diluted (in shares)

^[1]

4,598,640

4,550,836

[1]	(1) Net loss per share and Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding amounts have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split effected on February 12, 2025.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Parenthetical)	Feb. 12, 2025
Subsequent Event
Reverse stock split ratio	0.1

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net loss	$ (66,717)	$ (64,813)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain	(2,414)	738
Total comprehensive loss	$ (69,131)	$ (64,075)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY - USD ($)
$ in Thousands

Total

Common Stock

Additional Paid-In Capital

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated Deficit

Beginning balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2022

^[1]

4,519,578

Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2022

$ 349,881

$ 0

^[1]

$ 783,047

$ (7,235)

$ (425,931)

Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]

Issuance of common stock for vesting of stock awards (in shares)

^[1]

80,530

Shares repurchased for withholding tax on stock awards (in shares)

^[1]

(21,267)

Shares repurchased for withholding tax on stock awards

(271)

Stock-based compensation expense

5,075

Net loss

(64,813)

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

$ 738

738

Ending balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2023

4,578,841

^[1]

Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2023

$ 290,610

$ 0

^[1]

787,851

(6,497)

(490,744)

Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]

Issuance of common stock for vesting of stock awards (in shares)

^[1]

53,464

Shares repurchased for withholding tax on stock awards (in shares)

^[1]

(18,026)

Shares repurchased for withholding tax on stock awards

(142)

Stock-based compensation expense

2,385

Net loss

(66,717)

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

$ (2,414)

(2,414)

Ending balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2024

4,614,279

^[1]

Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2024

$ 223,722

$ 0

^[1]

$ 790,094

$ (8,911)

$ (557,461)

[1]	(1) Common share and par value amounts have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split effected on February 12, 2025.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Parenthetical)	Feb. 12, 2025
Subsequent Event
Reverse stock split ratio	0.1

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Operating activities
Net loss	$ (66,717)	$ (64,813)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	30,691	32,075
Provision for (benefit from) doubtful accounts	314	(386)
Provision for inventory obsolescence	2,002	1,587
Non-cash restructuring expenses	806	9,703
Stock-based compensation expense	2,385	5,075
Non-cash operating lease expense	8,248	9,942
Non-cash loss from asset disposition	11,103	0
Other	1,118	1,502
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	1,616	766
Inventories	14,415	26,112
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	1,568	(49)
Other assets	(55)	(172)
Accounts payable	56	(1,105)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	1,648	(3,537)
Deferred revenue	(601)	(439)
Lease liabilities	(8,932)	(9,162)
Other long-term liabilities	11	(55)
Net cash (used in) from operating activities	(324)	7,044
Investing activities
Capital expenditures of property, plant and equipment	(2,892)	(4,215)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	861	96
Proceeds from Asset Sale for property, plant and equipment	3,700	0
Other	0	(51)
Net cash from (used in) investing activities	1,669	(4,170)
Financing activities
Proceeds from Sale-Leaseback Transaction	0	8,598
Payment of withholding tax related to stock awards	(142)	(271)
Borrowings under foreign revolving credit facilities	378	965
Repayments of foreign revolving credit facilities	(453)	(970)
Repayments of Term Loan	(3,197)	(1,250)
Finance lease principal payments	(1,362)	(1,007)
Net cash (used in) from financing activities	(4,776)	6,065
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(770)	82
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(4,201)	9,021
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	30,312	21,291
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	26,111	30,312
Non-cash investing and financing activities
Right-of-use assets relinquished under operating lease obligation	(1,924)	(1,067)
Assets acquired under finance lease obligation	0	185
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	76	200
Additions of leasehold improvements and related asset retirement obligations	0	349
Supplemental information
Cash paid for interest	13,289	13,101
Cash paid (refunds) for income taxes	$ 201	$ (1,000)

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS	12 Months Ended
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS	Dec. 31, 2024
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS	DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS Description of the business Hydrofarm Holdings Group, Inc. (collectively with its subsidiaries, the "Company") was formed in May 2017 under the laws of the state of Delaware to acquire and continue the business originally founded in 1977. The Company is a leading independent manufacturer and distributor of branded hydroponics equipment and supplies for controlled environment agriculture ("CEA"), including grow lights, climate control solutions, grow media and nutrients, as well as a broad portfolio of innovative, proprietary branded products. Products offered include agricultural lighting devices, indoor climate control equipment, nutrients, and plant additives used to grow, farm and cultivate cannabis, flowers, fruits, plants, vegetables, grains and herbs in controlled environment settings that allow end users to control key farming variables including temperature, humidity, CO2, light intensity and color, nutrient concentration and pH.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of consolidation and presentation

Subsequent Event - Reverse Stock Split

Use of estimates

Segment and entity-wide information

Segment information

managed on a consolidated basis, and one reportable segment, which is the distribution and manufacture of CEA equipment and supplies.

Entity-wide information


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	151,660	$	179,844
Canada	41,633		49,668
Eliminations	(3,005)		(2,931)
Total consolidated net sales	$	190,288	$	226,581


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	50,928	$	68,270
Canada	29,513		33,584
Total property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets	$	80,441	$	101,854

All of the products sold by the Company are similar and classified as CEA equipment and supplies.

Concentrations of business and credit risk

receivable as of December 31, 2024, or December 31, 2023. One supplier accounted for more than 10% of purchases in 2024 and 2023.

Fair value measurements

Level 1 — Valuation based on quoted prices (unadjusted) observed in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Valuation techniques with significant unobservable market inputs.

The Company measures certain non-financial assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets and intangible assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Foreign currency matters

The effect of currency translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents is presented separately in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash includes funds deposited in banks. Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments such as term deposits and money market instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods, work-in-process, and raw materials used in manufacturing products. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, principally determined by the first in, first out method of accounting. The Company maintains an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based upon assumptions about current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions. Management reviews these assumptions periodically to determine if any adjustments are needed to the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The establishment of an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost basis in the inventory. Such allowance is not reduced until the product is sold or otherwise disposed. If inventory is sold, any related reserves would be reversed in the period of sale. During the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company estimated inventory markdowns relating to restructuring charges based upon current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions including management's actions with respect to inventory raw materials and products and brands being removed from the Company's portfolio.

Leases

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment, excluding peat bogs and related development, are depreciated using the straight-line method. The following table summarizes the estimated useful lives as follows:


Buildings and improvements			10 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 15 years
Leasehold improvements			Lesser of useful life or term of the lease
Computer equipment			3 - 4 years
Furniture and fixtures			5 years

The useful lives of property, plant and equipment recorded under finance leases are further limited to the term of lease.

Peat bogs and related development costs are depleted using the units of production method over the total expected volume of the peat bogs.

Intangible assets

Revenue recognition

Warrants issued in connection with financings

Stock-based compensation

Service-based awards

The Company records stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock units ("RSUs") and service-based stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Performance-based awards

Employee benefit plan

Income taxes

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET SALES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET SALES

Restructuring

were recorded primarily within cost of goods sold on the consolidated statements of operations, and were subject to significant estimate.


	Phase 1		Phase 2
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2022	$	696	$	—
Expense	1,247		272
Cash Payments	(1,943)		(85)
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2023	—		187
Expense	—		1,416
Cash Payments	—		(1,500)
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2024	$	—	$	103

Asset Sales

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets, net comprised the following:


	December 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value
Finite-lived intangible assets:
Computer software	$	8,982	$	(8,625)	$	357	$	9,325	$	(8,357)	$	968
Customer relationships	99,806		(39,230)		60,576		99,805		(31,883)		67,922
Technology, formulations and recipes	110,381		(33,401)		76,980		114,181		(25,124)		89,057
Trade names and trademarks	131,492		(23,432)		108,060		131,493		(16,740)		114,753
Other	4,716		(4,488)		228		4,802		(4,422)		380
Total finite-lived intangible assets, net	355,377		(109,176)		246,201		359,606		(86,526)		273,080
Indefinite-lived intangible asset:
Trade name	2,801		—		2,801		2,801		—		2,801
Total Intangible assets, net	$	358,178	$	(109,176)	$	249,002	$	362,407	$	(86,526)	$	275,881

The Company did not record any impairment during the years ended December 31, 2024, or 2023.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $23,998 and $24,355 for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

In conjunction with the Asset Sale, the Company disposed of technology intangible assets with a net book value of $2,573. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for further details.

The following are the estimated useful lives and the weighted-average amortization period remaining as of December 31, 2024, for the major classes of finite-lived intangible assets:


	Useful lives	Weighted-average amortization period
Computer software	3 to 5 years	2 years
Customer relationships	7 to 18 years	9 years
Technology, formulations and recipes	8 to 12 years	8 years
Trade names and trademarks	15 to 20 years	16 years

The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2024, is summarized below:


	Estimated Future Amortization Expense
Year ending December 31,
2025	$	23,734
2026	23,527
2027	23,355
2028	22,710
2029	21,582
Thereafter	131,293
Total	$	246,201

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic loss per common share is computed using net loss divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, excluding unvested RSUs and PSUs.

The following table presents basic and diluted loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(66,717)	$	(64,813)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding	4,598,640		4,550,836
Dilutive effect of warrants and share based compensation awards using the treasury stock method	—		—
Diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding	4,598,640		4,550,836
Basic loss per common share	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)
Diluted loss per common share	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)


	Years ended December 31,
	2024	2023
Shares subject to unvested or deferred performance and restricted stock units	290,334	217,037
Shares subject to stock options outstanding	40,654	57,207

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET AND INVENTORIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Receivables [Abstract]

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET AND INVENTORIES

Accounts receivable, net comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Trade accounts receivable	$	14,112	$	16,740
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(706)		(920)
Other receivables	1,350		1,070
Total accounts receivable, net	$	14,756	$	16,890

The change in the allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Beginning balance	$	(920)	$	(1,556)
Changes in estimates	(1,006)		(1,280)
Write-offs	718		310
Collections/Other	502		1,606
Ending balance	$	(706)	$	(920)

Inventories comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Finished goods	$	44,372	$	58,346
Work-in-process	1,137		3,891
Raw materials	12,398		23,256
Allowance for inventory obsolescence	(7,274)		(10,139)
Total inventories	$	50,633	$	75,354

In conjunction with the Asset Sale, the Company sold $11,616 of inventories. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for further details.

LEASES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Leases [Abstract]

LEASES

The Company has operating subleases which have been accounted for by reference to the underlying asset subject to the lease, primarily as an offset to rent expense within SG&A.

Total ROU assets, finance lease assets, and lease liabilities were as follows:


		December 31,
	Balance Sheet Classification	2024		2023
Lease assets
Operating lease assets	Operating lease right-of-use assets	$	42,869	$	54,494
Finance lease assets	Property, plant and equipment, net	7,279		9,315
Total lease assets		$	50,148	$	63,809

Lease liabilities
Current:
Operating leases	Current portion of operating lease liabilities	$	7,731	$	8,336
Finance leases	Current portion of finance lease liabilities	459		954
Noncurrent:
Operating leases	Long-term operating lease liabilities	37,553		47,506
Finance leases	Long-term finance lease liabilities	7,830		8,734
Total lease liabilities		$	53,573	$	65,530

Total lease costs and sublease and logistics income were as follows:


		Years ended December 31,
	Classification	2024		2023
Operating lease costs	Selling, general and administrative(1)	$	10,195	$	12,371
Finance lease costs:
Amortization of lease assets	Selling, general and administrative	734		1,047
Amortization of lease assets	Cost of goods sold	137		328
Interest on lease liabilities	Interest expense	459		519
Sublease and logistics income	Selling, general and administrative	(3,851)		(1,722)

(1) Operating lease costs are primarily recorded in SG&A.

The aggregate future minimum lease payments under long-term non-cancelable operating and finance leases with remaining terms greater than one year as of December 31, 2024, are as follows:


Year ending December 31,	Operating		Finance
2025	$	9,397	$	880
2026	8,702		847
2027	8,789		849
2028	8,252		805
2029	5,384		822
Thereafter	10,915		7,217
Total lease payments	51,439		11,420
Less portion representing interest	6,155		3,131
Total principal	45,284		8,289
Less current portion	7,731		459
Long-term portion	$	37,553	$	7,830

The following table summarizes the weighted-average remaining lease term as well as the weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2024, and 2023:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term in years:
Operating leases	6.0		6.7
Finance leases	12.9		12.5

Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases	4.12	%	4.20	%
Finance leases	5.39	%	5.25	%

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, were:


	Years ended December 31,
Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities:	2024		2023
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	(9,653)	$	(12,121)
Operating cash flows from finance leases	(459)		(516)
Financing cash flows from finance leases	(680)		(1,007)

LEASES

The Company has operating subleases which have been accounted for by reference to the underlying asset subject to the lease, primarily as an offset to rent expense within SG&A.

Total ROU assets, finance lease assets, and lease liabilities were as follows:


		December 31,
	Balance Sheet Classification	2024		2023
Lease assets
Operating lease assets	Operating lease right-of-use assets	$	42,869	$	54,494
Finance lease assets	Property, plant and equipment, net	7,279		9,315
Total lease assets		$	50,148	$	63,809

Lease liabilities
Current:
Operating leases	Current portion of operating lease liabilities	$	7,731	$	8,336
Finance leases	Current portion of finance lease liabilities	459		954
Noncurrent:
Operating leases	Long-term operating lease liabilities	37,553		47,506
Finance leases	Long-term finance lease liabilities	7,830		8,734
Total lease liabilities		$	53,573	$	65,530

Total lease costs and sublease and logistics income were as follows:


		Years ended December 31,
	Classification	2024		2023
Operating lease costs	Selling, general and administrative(1)	$	10,195	$	12,371
Finance lease costs:
Amortization of lease assets	Selling, general and administrative	734		1,047
Amortization of lease assets	Cost of goods sold	137		328
Interest on lease liabilities	Interest expense	459		519
Sublease and logistics income	Selling, general and administrative	(3,851)		(1,722)

(1) Operating lease costs are primarily recorded in SG&A.

The aggregate future minimum lease payments under long-term non-cancelable operating and finance leases with remaining terms greater than one year as of December 31, 2024, are as follows:


Year ending December 31,	Operating		Finance
2025	$	9,397	$	880
2026	8,702		847
2027	8,789		849
2028	8,252		805
2029	5,384		822
Thereafter	10,915		7,217
Total lease payments	51,439		11,420
Less portion representing interest	6,155		3,131
Total principal	45,284		8,289
Less current portion	7,731		459
Long-term portion	$	37,553	$	7,830

The following table summarizes the weighted-average remaining lease term as well as the weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2024, and 2023:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term in years:
Operating leases	6.0		6.7
Finance leases	12.9		12.5

Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases	4.12	%	4.20	%
Finance leases	5.39	%	5.25	%

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, were:


	Years ended December 31,
Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities:	2024		2023
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	(9,653)	$	(12,121)
Operating cash flows from finance leases	(459)		(516)
Financing cash flows from finance leases	(680)		(1,007)

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment, net comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Machinery and equipment	$	23,531	$	27,417
Peat bogs and related development	11,895		12,256
Building and improvements	10,313		10,132
Land	5,630		6,114
Furniture and fixtures	4,239		4,360
Computer equipment	3,152		3,301
Leasehold improvements	3,185		5,169
Gross property, plant, and equipment	61,945		68,749
Less: accumulated depreciation	(24,400)		(21,389)
Total property, plant, and equipment, net	$	37,545	$	47,360

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense related to property, plant, and equipment, net was $6,693 and $7,720 for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

In conjunction with the Asset Sale, the Company sold $3,721 of property, plant and equipment, net. Refer to Note 3 – Restructuring and Asset Sales for further details.

The following table presents changes in asset retirement obligations for the following periods:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Balance, beginning of the period	$	5,216	$	4,632
Liabilities incurred in the period	—		349
Liabilities settled in the period	(474)		(17)
Accretion expense	165		147
Other	(391)		105
Balance, end of the period	$	4,516	$	5,216

ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	1,987	$	2,096
Interest accrual	2,141		1,214
Freight, custom and duty accrual	1,130		1,040
Goods in transit accrual	574		360
Income tax accrual	127		—
Asset retirement obligations	284		759
Other accrued liabilities	4,404		4,060
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	10,647	$	9,529

DEBT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

DEBT

Debt is comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Term loan - Principal	$	119,303	$	122,500
Term loan - unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	(3,443)		(4,259)
Term Loan - net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	115,860		118,241
Other	93		160
Total debt	$	115,953	$	118,401

Current portion of long-term debt	$	1,260	$	2,989
Long-term debt - net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs of $3,443 and $4,259 as of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively	114,693		115,412
Total debt	$	115,953	$	118,401

Term Loan

Revolving Credit Facility

CBFR rate) use the Term SOFR Rate plus 1.95%. Each rate has a 0.0% floor. A fee of 0.40% per annum is charged for available but unused borrowings.

Other debt

Loss on debt modification

Aggregate future principal payments

As of December 31, 2024, the aggregate estimated future principal payments under long-term debt are as follows:


	Debt
Year ending December 31,
2025	$	1,260
2026	1,248
2027	1,249
2028 and thereafter	115,639
Total	$	119,396

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	12 Months Ended
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	Dec. 31, 2024
Equity [Abstract]
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common stock Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. Common stockholders have no pre-emptive rights to acquire additional shares of common stock or other securities. The common stock is not subject to redemption rights and carries no subscription or conversion rights. In the event of liquidation, the stockholders are entitled to share in corporate assets on a pro rata basis after the Company satisfies all liabilities and after provision is made for any class of capital stock having preference over the common stock. Subject to corporate regulations and preferences to preferred stock, if any, dividends are at the discretion of the board of directors. As of December 31, 2024, there were 4,614,279 shares outstanding and 300,000,000 shares authorized, after giving retroactive effect to the February 12, 2025, reverse stock split. Warrants On July 19, 2021, the Company completed the redemption ("Redemption") of certain of its outstanding warrants (the "Investor Warrants") that were issued in connection with a private placement of units (the "private placement"), each consisting of a share of common stock and a warrant to purchase an additional one-half (1/2) shares of common stock. In connection with the private placement, the Company agreed to engage the placement agent (the "Placement Agent") as the Company's warrant solicitation agent in the event the Investor Warrants were called for Redemption. The Company agreed to pay a warrant solicitation fee to the Placement Agent equal to five percent of the amount of net cash proceeds solicited by the Placement Agent upon the exercise of certain Investor Warrants following such call for Redemption. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively, there were no Investor Warrants outstanding. In connection with the private placement, the Placement Agent was issued warrants (the “placement agent warrants”) which expired on December 14, 2023. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, there were no outstanding placement agent warrants.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Share-Based Payment Arrangement [Abstract]

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation plan overview

The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, nonqualified stock options, stock grants, and stock-based awards that are based in whole or in part by reference to the Company’s common stock.

Restricted Stock Unit Activity


	Number of RSUs	Weighted average grant date fair value
Balance, December 31, 2023	124,253	$	30.62
Granted	80,235	$	7.79
Vested	(97,319)	$	30.08
Forfeited	(5,139)	$	18.10
Balance, December 31, 2024	102,030	$	13.82

Subsequent Event - January 1, 2025 Grant

Performance Stock Unit Activity


	Number of PSUs	Weighted average grant date fair value
Balance, December 31, 2023	92,148	$	17.70
Granted	137,254	$	9.89
Vested	(18,030)	$	17.70
Forfeited	(85,589)	$	16.65
Balance, December 31, 2024	125,783	$	9.89

The total vest date fair value of PSUs vested for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, was $167 and $44,

Stock Options

There were no stock options granted or exercised during the years ended December 31, 2024, or 2023. The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:


	Number	Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average grant date fair value		Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023	57,207	$	94.67	$	20.20	3.69
Cancelled	(16,416)	$	90.37	$	13.20
Forfeited	(137)	$	110.60	$	98.87
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67

The following table summarizes the unvested stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:



	Number	Weighted average grant date fair value
Unvested as of December 31, 2023	1,662	$	121.20
Vested	(1,525)	$	116.59
Forfeited	(137)	$	98.87
Unvested as of December 31, 2024	—	$	—

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

Loss before tax was as follows:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	(64,011)	$	(58,068)
Foreign	(1,837)		(6,958)
Loss before tax	$	(65,848)	$	(65,026)

Significant components of income tax benefit consist of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Current:
Federal	$	—	$	—
State	90		167
Foreign	706		(382)
Total current expense (benefit)	796		(215)

Deferred:
Federal	—		111
State	—		—
Foreign	73		(109)
Total deferred expense	73		2
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	869	$	(213)

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates of 21% to income tax benefit consists of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Effective rate reconciliation
U.S. federal tax benefit at statutory rate	$	(13,828)	$	(13,656)
State income taxes, net	71		132
Permanent items	688		120
Foreign rate differential	112		(3,988)
162(m) officers compensation	—		17
Share-based compensation	417		680
Deferred adjustments	(827)		1,035
Other, net	14		(1,320)
Valuation allowance	14,222		16,767
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	869	$	(213)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Deferred tax assets
Lease liabilities	$	12,959	$	16,646
Accrued expenses	1,671		2,022
Share-based compensation	674		177
Intangible assets	1,449		1,422
Net operating loss	49,690		38,729
Inventories	7,832		5,437
Interest expense	12,658		9,466
Other	1,540		1,543
Deferred tax assets	88,473		75,442
Valuation allowance	(75,336)		(55,742)
Total deferred tax assets	13,137		19,700

Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment	(5,479)		(8,618)
Operating lease right-of-use assets	(10,624)		(14,063)
Other	(81)		(37)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(16,184)		(22,718)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,047)	$	(3,018)

Other long-term assets - deferred tax assets	$	—	$	214
Long-term deferred tax liabilities	(3,047)		(3,232)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,047)	$	(3,018)

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	12 Months Ended
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	Dec. 31, 2024
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Purchase commitments From time to time in the normal course of business, the Company will enter into agreements with suppliers which provide favorable pricing in return for a commitment to purchase minimum amounts of inventory over a defined time period. Contingencies In the normal course of business, certain claims have been brought against the Company and, where applicable, its suppliers. While there is inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such matters, management has vigorously contested the validity of these claims. Based on available information, management does not expect that the outcome of any matters, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows or future earnings of the Company.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Recurring and Nonrecurring

Other Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities which are provided for disclosure purposes:


		December 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
	Fair Value Hierarchy Level	Carrying Amount	Estimated Fair Value	Carrying Amount	Estimated Fair Value
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	Level 1	26,111	26,111	30,312	30,312

Liabilities
Finance leases	Level 3	8,289	8,437	9,688	9,688
Term Loan	Level 2	119,303	95,442	122,500	98,000

The Company did not have any transfers between Levels within the fair value hierarchy during the periods presented.

Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
Pay vs Performance Disclosure - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Pay vs Performance Disclosure
Net loss	$ (66,717)	$ (64,813)

Insider Trading Arrangements	3 Months Ended
Insider Trading Arrangements	Dec. 31, 2024
Trading Arrangements, by Individual
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Adopted	false
Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false
Non-Rule 10b5-1 Arrangement Terminated	false

Insider Trading Policies and Procedures	12 Months Ended
Insider Trading Policies and Procedures	Dec. 31, 2024
Insider Trading Policies and Procedures [Line Items]
Insider Trading Policies and Procedures Adopted	true

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy Disclosure	12 Months Ended
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy Disclosure	Dec. 31, 2024
Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, and Governance [Line Items]
Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes for Assessing, Identifying, and Managing Threats [Text Block]	Cybersecurity risks are critical to our business and our process for identifying and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats have been integrated into our overall risk management system and processes. We rely on complex information technology systems and networks to conduct business, including communicating with employees and our distribution centers, ordering and managing materials from suppliers, selling and shipping products and analyzing and reporting results of operations, as well as for storing sensitive, personal and other confidential information. While we employ resources to monitor and protect our technology infrastructure and sensitive information, these security measures or those of our third-party vendors may not prevent all attempted data security breaches or cyber-attacks. If our or our third-party vendors’ information technology systems are damaged or cease to be available or function properly for an extended period of time, whether as a result of a significant cyber incident or otherwise, our ability to communicate internally as well as with our customers could be significantly impaired, which may adversely impact our business. Our acquisition strategy may also result in exposure to certain technology risks during integration of systems of acquired companies to our existing platform. Addressing cybersecurity risks requires ongoing monitoring and vigilance, and the Company is making enhancements to its cybersecurity policies, procedures and practices to safeguard sensitive information as well as information from our partners, customers and employees. We employ a risk-based strategy, aligned with the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity framework, focused on safeguarding critical assets by implementing controls around access, data, and infrastructure security to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our data. Maturation and refinement of the Company's cybersecurity risk management strategy and related procedures is a continuous activity to ensure appropriate identification, assessment, and response to risks from cybersecurity threats that may adversely impact our operations. Our employee training and awareness programs are in place to improve cybersecurity awareness throughout the organization and we are committed to educating our employees on best practices for data protection, phishing awareness, and incident response. We also engage with third-party cybersecurity assessors, consultants, and auditors that provide independent assessments of our systems and processes, as well as those of certain third-party service providers, contributing to our efforts to strengthen our cybersecurity posture and enhance our defenses. On January 31, 2022, certain computer systems related to the Aurora acquisition that had not yet been integrated into our main systems were the victim of a cybersecurity attack. We immediately took steps to isolate those systems and implemented measures to prevent the spread of the attack, including taking systems offline in an abundance of caution. Together with an outside cybersecurity forensics firm, we investigated the attack to determine its nature, scope, duration, and impacts, as well as our vulnerability to another such attack and whether there was any exfiltration or misappropriation of data. There was no evidence that the attack extended beyond the Aurora acquisition’s systems, and it was determined that no critical data was accessed. We have subsequently integrated the acquisition’s systems with our main systems, which we completed in 2024. As of December 31, 2024, we are not aware of any cybersecurity incidents or identified risks from cybersecurity threats that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to affect, our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. There is no guarantee that cybersecurity incidents or risks from cybersecurity incidents may not be material in the future. We maintain cyber insurance coverage to supplement our cybersecurity program given the complex and evolving nature of global cyber threats; however, the insurance may not be sufficient to cover all losses from any breaches of our systems and does not extend to reputational damage or costs incurred to improve or strengthen systems against future threats or activity. Given the increasing sophisticated threats, a disruption from a cybersecurity incident is possible to occur and we are actively taking actions to minimize the likelihood and impact of such incidents. In the event of such an incident, our information security team is continuously engaged to investigate and respond, including isolating systems, performing forensics, containing and eradicating malicious activity, and recovering systems in-line with business expectations and operations.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes Integrated [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Management Processes Integrated [Text Block]	On January 31, 2022, certain computer systems related to the Aurora acquisition that had not yet been integrated into our main systems were the victim of a cybersecurity attack. We immediately took steps to isolate those systems and implemented measures to prevent the spread of the attack, including taking systems offline in an abundance of caution. Together with an outside cybersecurity forensics firm, we investigated the attack to determine its nature, scope, duration, and impacts, as well as our vulnerability to another such attack and whether there was any exfiltration or misappropriation of data. There was no evidence that the attack extended beyond the Aurora acquisition’s systems, and it was determined that no critical data was accessed. We have subsequently integrated the acquisition’s systems with our main systems, which we completed in 2024.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Third Party Engaged [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Third Party Oversight and Identification Processes [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Materially Affected or Reasonably Likely to Materially Affect Registrant [Flag]	false
Cybersecurity Risk Board of Directors Oversight [Text Block]	Our board of directors oversees the cybersecurity risk management program and is regularly informed of cybersecurity risks through periodic updates provided by the Director of Information Technology ("IT") and Information Security team, to address our cybersecurity processes and risk mitigation efforts. Certain members of the board of directors have cybersecurity risk certification credentials and experience with, and exposure to, cyber risk oversight. The periodic updates provided by the Director of IT and Information Security team to the board of directors generally encompass emerging cyber threats, the Company’s security posture changes, significant cybersecurity incidents, progress of risk mitigation efforts, and cybersecurity strategies and investments. The frequency of these updates allows for timely decision-making and ensures that our board of directors is fully informed of our cybersecurity risks. Our Director of IT is responsible for identifying, assessing, and mitigating cybersecurity risks across the Company. Supported by our Information Security team, the Director of IT monitors the cyber threat landscape, plans and implements security controls, and responds to incidents. The collective team has extensive experience in information security and cybersecurity risk management and performs detection and monitoring of cybersecurity threats and incidents on an ongoing basis using a combination of security tooling, automated systems and manual processes.
Cybersecurity Risk Board Committee or Subcommittee Responsible for Oversight [Text Block]	Our board of directors oversees the cybersecurity risk management program and is regularly informed of cybersecurity risks through periodic updates provided by the Director of Information Technology ("IT") and Information Security team, to address our cybersecurity processes and risk mitigation efforts. Certain members of the board of directors have cybersecurity risk certification credentials and experience with, and exposure to, cyber risk oversight.
Cybersecurity Risk Process for Informing Board Committee or Subcommittee Responsible for Oversight [Text Block]	Our Director of IT is responsible for identifying, assessing, and mitigating cybersecurity risks across the Company.
Cybersecurity Risk Role of Management [Text Block]	Certain members of the board of directors have cybersecurity risk certification credentials and experience with, and exposure to, cyber risk oversight. The periodic updates provided by the Director of IT and Information Security team to the board of directors generally encompass emerging cyber threats, the Company’s security posture changes, significant cybersecurity incidents, progress of risk mitigation efforts, and cybersecurity strategies and investments. The frequency of these updates allows for timely decision-making and ensures that our board of directors is fully informed of our cybersecurity risks. Our Director of IT is responsible for identifying, assessing, and mitigating cybersecurity risks across the Company. Supported by our Information Security team, the Director of IT monitors the cyber threat landscape, plans and implements security controls, and responds to incidents. The collective team has extensive experience in information security and cybersecurity risk management and performs detection and monitoring of cybersecurity threats and incidents on an ongoing basis using a combination of security tooling, automated systems and manual processes.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible [Flag]	true
Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible [Text Block]	Our board of directors oversees the cybersecurity risk management program and is regularly informed of cybersecurity risks through periodic updates provided by the Director of Information Technology ("IT") and Information Security team, to address our cybersecurity processes and risk mitigation efforts. Certain members of the board of directors have cybersecurity risk certification credentials and experience with, and exposure to, cyber risk oversight. The periodic updates provided by the Director of IT and Information Security team to the board of directors generally encompass emerging cyber threats, the Company’s security posture changes, significant cybersecurity incidents, progress of risk mitigation efforts, and cybersecurity strategies and investments. The frequency of these updates allows for timely decision-making and ensures that our board of directors is fully informed of our cybersecurity risks. Our Director of IT is responsible for identifying, assessing, and mitigating cybersecurity risks across the Company. Supported by our Information Security team, the Director of IT monitors the cyber threat landscape, plans and implements security controls, and responds to incidents. The collective team has extensive experience in information security and cybersecurity risk management and performs detection and monitoring of cybersecurity threats and incidents on an ongoing basis using a combination of security tooling, automated systems and manual processes.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Expertise of Management Responsible [Text Block]	The collective team has extensive experience in information security and cybersecurity risk management and performs detection and monitoring of cybersecurity threats and incidents on an ongoing basis using a combination of security tooling, automated systems and manual processes.
Cybersecurity Risk Process for Informing Management or Committees Responsible [Text Block]	Our Director of IT is responsible for identifying, assessing, and mitigating cybersecurity risks across the Company. Supported by our Information Security team, the Director of IT monitors the cyber threat landscape, plans and implements security controls, and responds to incidents. The collective team has extensive experience in information security and cybersecurity risk management and performs detection and monitoring of cybersecurity threats and incidents on an ongoing basis using a combination of security tooling, automated systems and manual processes.
Cybersecurity Risk Management Positions or Committees Responsible Report to Board [Flag]	true

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of consolidation and presentation

Use of estimates

Concentrations of business and credit risk

Fair value measurements

Level 1 — Valuation based on quoted prices (unadjusted) observed in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Valuation techniques with significant unobservable market inputs.

The Company measures certain non-financial assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets and intangible assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Foreign currency matters

The effect of currency translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents is presented separately in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash includes funds deposited in banks. Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments such as term deposits and money market instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods, work-in-process, and raw materials used in manufacturing products. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, principally determined by the first in, first out method of accounting. The Company maintains an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The estimate for excess and obsolete inventory is based upon assumptions about current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions. Management reviews these assumptions periodically to determine if any adjustments are needed to the allowance for excess and obsolete inventory. The establishment of an allowance for excess and obsolete inventory establishes a new cost basis in the inventory. Such allowance is not reduced until the product is sold or otherwise disposed. If inventory is sold, any related reserves would be reversed in the period of sale. During the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company estimated inventory markdowns relating to restructuring charges based upon current and anticipated demand, customer preferences, business strategies, and market conditions including management's actions with respect to inventory raw materials and products and brands being removed from the Company's portfolio.

Leases

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment, excluding peat bogs and related development, are depreciated using the straight-line method. The following table summarizes the estimated useful lives as follows:


Buildings and improvements			10 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 15 years
Leasehold improvements			Lesser of useful life or term of the lease
Computer equipment			3 - 4 years
Furniture and fixtures			5 years

The useful lives of property, plant and equipment recorded under finance leases are further limited to the term of lease.

Peat bogs and related development costs are depleted using the units of production method over the total expected volume of the peat bogs.

Intangible assets

Revenue recognition

Warrants issued in connection with financings

Stock-based compensation

Service-based awards

The Company records stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock units ("RSUs") and service-based stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Performance-based awards

Employee benefit plan

The Company has a savings retirement plan that covers substantially all full-time employees who meet the plan’s eligibility requirements and provides for an employee elective contribution.

Income taxes

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

Restructuring

Purchase commitments

Contingencies

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers by Geographic Areas


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	151,660	$	179,844
Canada	41,633		49,668
Eliminations	(3,005)		(2,931)
Total consolidated net sales	$	190,288	$	226,581


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	50,928	$	68,270
Canada	29,513		33,584
Total property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets	$	80,441	$	101,854

Schedule of Long-lived Assets by Geographic Areas


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	151,660	$	179,844
Canada	41,633		49,668
Eliminations	(3,005)		(2,931)
Total consolidated net sales	$	190,288	$	226,581


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	50,928	$	68,270
Canada	29,513		33,584
Total property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets	$	80,441	$	101,854

Schedule of Estimated Useful Lives

The following table summarizes the estimated useful lives as follows:


Buildings and improvements			10 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 15 years
Leasehold improvements			Lesser of useful life or term of the lease
Computer equipment			3 - 4 years
Furniture and fixtures			5 years

Property, plant and equipment, net comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Machinery and equipment	$	23,531	$	27,417
Peat bogs and related development	11,895		12,256
Building and improvements	10,313		10,132
Land	5,630		6,114
Furniture and fixtures	4,239		4,360
Computer equipment	3,152		3,301
Leasehold improvements	3,185		5,169
Gross property, plant, and equipment	61,945		68,749
Less: accumulated depreciation	(24,400)		(21,389)
Total property, plant, and equipment, net	$	37,545	$	47,360

RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET SALES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Schedule of Restructuring Costs


	Phase 1		Phase 2
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2022	$	696	$	—
Expense	1,247		272
Cash Payments	(1,943)		(85)
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2023	—		187
Expense	—		1,416
Cash Payments	—		(1,500)
Restructuring Accruals as of December 31, 2024	$	—	$	103

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, net comprised the following:


	December 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value
Finite-lived intangible assets:
Computer software	$	8,982	$	(8,625)	$	357	$	9,325	$	(8,357)	$	968
Customer relationships	99,806		(39,230)		60,576		99,805		(31,883)		67,922
Technology, formulations and recipes	110,381		(33,401)		76,980		114,181		(25,124)		89,057
Trade names and trademarks	131,492		(23,432)		108,060		131,493		(16,740)		114,753
Other	4,716		(4,488)		228		4,802		(4,422)		380
Total finite-lived intangible assets, net	355,377		(109,176)		246,201		359,606		(86,526)		273,080
Indefinite-lived intangible asset:
Trade name	2,801		—		2,801		2,801		—		2,801
Total Intangible assets, net	$	358,178	$	(109,176)	$	249,002	$	362,407	$	(86,526)	$	275,881

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, net comprised the following:


	December 31, 2024						December 31, 2023
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Book Value
Finite-lived intangible assets:
Computer software	$	8,982	$	(8,625)	$	357	$	9,325	$	(8,357)	$	968
Customer relationships	99,806		(39,230)		60,576		99,805		(31,883)		67,922
Technology, formulations and recipes	110,381		(33,401)		76,980		114,181		(25,124)		89,057
Trade names and trademarks	131,492		(23,432)		108,060		131,493		(16,740)		114,753
Other	4,716		(4,488)		228		4,802		(4,422)		380
Total finite-lived intangible assets, net	355,377		(109,176)		246,201		359,606		(86,526)		273,080
Indefinite-lived intangible asset:
Trade name	2,801		—		2,801		2,801		—		2,801
Total Intangible assets, net	$	358,178	$	(109,176)	$	249,002	$	362,407	$	(86,526)	$	275,881

The following are the estimated useful lives and the weighted-average amortization period remaining as of December 31, 2024, for the major classes of finite-lived intangible assets:


	Useful lives	Weighted-average amortization period
Computer software	3 to 5 years	2 years
Customer relationships	7 to 18 years	9 years
Technology, formulations and recipes	8 to 12 years	8 years
Trade names and trademarks	15 to 20 years	16 years

Schedule of Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Future Amortization Expense

The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2024, is summarized below:


	Estimated Future Amortization Expense
Year ending December 31,
2025	$	23,734
2026	23,527
2027	23,355
2028	22,710
2029	21,582
Thereafter	131,293
Total	$	246,201

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted

The following table presents basic and diluted loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Net loss	$	(66,717)	$	(64,813)
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding	4,598,640		4,550,836
Dilutive effect of warrants and share based compensation awards using the treasury stock method	—		—
Diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding	4,598,640		4,550,836
Basic loss per common share	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)
Diluted loss per common share	$	(14.51)	$	(14.24)

Schedule of Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share


	Years ended December 31,
	2024	2023
Shares subject to unvested or deferred performance and restricted stock units	290,334	217,037
Shares subject to stock options outstanding	40,654	57,207

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET AND INVENTORIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Receivables [Abstract]

Schedule of Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Trade accounts receivable	$	14,112	$	16,740
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(706)		(920)
Other receivables	1,350		1,070
Total accounts receivable, net	$	14,756	$	16,890

Schedule of Change in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The change in the allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Beginning balance	$	(920)	$	(1,556)
Changes in estimates	(1,006)		(1,280)
Write-offs	718		310
Collections/Other	502		1,606
Ending balance	$	(706)	$	(920)

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Finished goods	$	44,372	$	58,346
Work-in-process	1,137		3,891
Raw materials	12,398		23,256
Allowance for inventory obsolescence	(7,274)		(10,139)
Total inventories	$	50,633	$	75,354

LEASES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of Assets and Liabilities Lessee

Total ROU assets, finance lease assets, and lease liabilities were as follows:


		December 31,
	Balance Sheet Classification	2024		2023
Lease assets
Operating lease assets	Operating lease right-of-use assets	$	42,869	$	54,494
Finance lease assets	Property, plant and equipment, net	7,279		9,315
Total lease assets		$	50,148	$	63,809

Lease liabilities
Current:
Operating leases	Current portion of operating lease liabilities	$	7,731	$	8,336
Finance leases	Current portion of finance lease liabilities	459		954
Noncurrent:
Operating leases	Long-term operating lease liabilities	37,553		47,506
Finance leases	Long-term finance lease liabilities	7,830		8,734
Total lease liabilities		$	53,573	$	65,530

Schedule of Lease Cost

Total lease costs and sublease and logistics income were as follows:


		Years ended December 31,
	Classification	2024		2023
Operating lease costs	Selling, general and administrative(1)	$	10,195	$	12,371
Finance lease costs:
Amortization of lease assets	Selling, general and administrative	734		1,047
Amortization of lease assets	Cost of goods sold	137		328
Interest on lease liabilities	Interest expense	459		519
Sublease and logistics income	Selling, general and administrative	(3,851)		(1,722)

(1) Operating lease costs are primarily recorded in SG&A.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average remaining lease term as well as the weighted average discount rate as of December 31, 2024, and 2023:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term in years:
Operating leases	6.0		6.7
Finance leases	12.9		12.5

Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases	4.12	%	4.20	%
Finance leases	5.39	%	5.25	%

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, were:


	Years ended December 31,
Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities:	2024		2023
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$	(9,653)	$	(12,121)
Operating cash flows from finance leases	(459)		(516)
Financing cash flows from finance leases	(680)		(1,007)

Schedule of Lessee, Operating Lease, Liability, Maturity

The aggregate future minimum lease payments under long-term non-cancelable operating and finance leases with remaining terms greater than one year as of December 31, 2024, are as follows:


Year ending December 31,	Operating		Finance
2025	$	9,397	$	880
2026	8,702		847
2027	8,789		849
2028	8,252		805
2029	5,384		822
Thereafter	10,915		7,217
Total lease payments	51,439		11,420
Less portion representing interest	6,155		3,131
Total principal	45,284		8,289
Less current portion	7,731		459
Long-term portion	$	37,553	$	7,830

Schedule of Finance Lease, Liability, Fiscal Year Maturity

The aggregate future minimum lease payments under long-term non-cancelable operating and finance leases with remaining terms greater than one year as of December 31, 2024, are as follows:


Year ending December 31,	Operating		Finance
2025	$	9,397	$	880
2026	8,702		847
2027	8,789		849
2028	8,252		805
2029	5,384		822
Thereafter	10,915		7,217
Total lease payments	51,439		11,420
Less portion representing interest	6,155		3,131
Total principal	45,284		8,289
Less current portion	7,731		459
Long-term portion	$	37,553	$	7,830

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of Property, Plant and Equipment

The following table summarizes the estimated useful lives as follows:


Buildings and improvements			10 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment			5 - 15 years
Leasehold improvements			Lesser of useful life or term of the lease
Computer equipment			3 - 4 years
Furniture and fixtures			5 years

Property, plant and equipment, net comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Machinery and equipment	$	23,531	$	27,417
Peat bogs and related development	11,895		12,256
Building and improvements	10,313		10,132
Land	5,630		6,114
Furniture and fixtures	4,239		4,360
Computer equipment	3,152		3,301
Leasehold improvements	3,185		5,169
Gross property, plant, and equipment	61,945		68,749
Less: accumulated depreciation	(24,400)		(21,389)
Total property, plant, and equipment, net	$	37,545	$	47,360

Schedule of Asset Retirement Obligations

The following table presents changes in asset retirement obligations for the following periods:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Balance, beginning of the period	$	5,216	$	4,632
Liabilities incurred in the period	—		349
Liabilities settled in the period	(474)		(17)
Accretion expense	165		147
Other	(391)		105
Balance, end of the period	$	4,516	$	5,216

ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

Schedule of Accrued Liabilities and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities comprised the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	1,987	$	2,096
Interest accrual	2,141		1,214
Freight, custom and duty accrual	1,130		1,040
Goods in transit accrual	574		360
Income tax accrual	127		—
Asset retirement obligations	284		759
Other accrued liabilities	4,404		4,060
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	10,647	$	9,529

DEBT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Debt

Debt is comprised of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Term loan - Principal	$	119,303	$	122,500
Term loan - unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	(3,443)		(4,259)
Term Loan - net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	115,860		118,241
Other	93		160
Total debt	$	115,953	$	118,401

Current portion of long-term debt	$	1,260	$	2,989
Long-term debt - net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs of $3,443 and $4,259 as of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively	114,693		115,412
Total debt	$	115,953	$	118,401

Schedule of Maturities of Long-term Debt

As of December 31, 2024, the aggregate estimated future principal payments under long-term debt are as follows:


	Debt
Year ending December 31,
2025	$	1,260
2026	1,248
2027	1,249
2028 and thereafter	115,639
Total	$	119,396

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Share-Based Payment Arrangement [Abstract]

Share-based Payment Arrangement, Outstanding Award, Activity, Excluding Option


	Number of RSUs	Weighted average grant date fair value
Balance, December 31, 2023	124,253	$	30.62
Granted	80,235	$	7.79
Vested	(97,319)	$	30.08
Forfeited	(5,139)	$	18.10
Balance, December 31, 2024	102,030	$	13.82

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's PSUs for the year ended December 31, 2024:


	Number of PSUs	Weighted average grant date fair value
Balance, December 31, 2023	92,148	$	17.70
Granted	137,254	$	9.89
Vested	(18,030)	$	17.70
Forfeited	(85,589)	$	16.65
Balance, December 31, 2024	125,783	$	9.89

Share-based Payment Arrangement, Option, Activity

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:


	Number	Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average grant date fair value		Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023	57,207	$	94.67	$	20.20	3.69
Cancelled	(16,416)	$	90.37	$	13.20
Forfeited	(137)	$	110.60	$	98.87
Outstanding as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2024	40,654	$	96.36	$	22.76	3.67

The following table summarizes the unvested stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:



	Number	Weighted average grant date fair value
Unvested as of December 31, 2023	1,662	$	121.20
Vested	(1,525)	$	116.59
Forfeited	(137)	$	98.87
Unvested as of December 31, 2024	—	$	—

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Income before Income Tax, Domestic and Foreign

Loss before tax was as follows:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
United States	$	(64,011)	$	(58,068)
Foreign	(1,837)		(6,958)
Loss before tax	$	(65,848)	$	(65,026)

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Significant components of income tax benefit consist of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Current:
Federal	$	—	$	—
State	90		167
Foreign	706		(382)
Total current expense (benefit)	796		(215)

Deferred:
Federal	—		111
State	—		—
Foreign	73		(109)
Total deferred expense	73		2
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	869	$	(213)

Schedule of Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates of 21% to income tax benefit consists of the following:


	Years ended December 31,
	2024		2023
Effective rate reconciliation
U.S. federal tax benefit at statutory rate	$	(13,828)	$	(13,656)
State income taxes, net	71		132
Permanent items	688		120
Foreign rate differential	112		(3,988)
162(m) officers compensation	—		17
Share-based compensation	417		680
Deferred adjustments	(827)		1,035
Other, net	14		(1,320)
Valuation allowance	14,222		16,767
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	869	$	(213)

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:


	December 31,
	2024		2023
Deferred tax assets
Lease liabilities	$	12,959	$	16,646
Accrued expenses	1,671		2,022
Share-based compensation	674		177
Intangible assets	1,449		1,422
Net operating loss	49,690		38,729
Inventories	7,832		5,437
Interest expense	12,658		9,466
Other	1,540		1,543
Deferred tax assets	88,473		75,442
Valuation allowance	(75,336)		(55,742)
Total deferred tax assets	13,137		19,700

Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment	(5,479)		(8,618)
Operating lease right-of-use assets	(10,624)		(14,063)
Other	(81)		(37)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(16,184)		(22,718)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,047)	$	(3,018)

Other long-term assets - deferred tax assets	$	—	$	214
Long-term deferred tax liabilities	(3,047)		(3,232)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(3,047)	$	(3,018)

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities which are provided for disclosure purposes:


		December 31, 2024		December 31, 2023
	Fair Value Hierarchy Level	Carrying Amount	Estimated Fair Value	Carrying Amount	Estimated Fair Value
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	Level 1	26,111	26,111	30,312	30,312

Liabilities
Finance leases	Level 3	8,289	8,437	9,688	9,688
Term Loan	Level 2	119,303	95,442	122,500	98,000

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Basis of consolidation and presentation Narrative (Details)	Feb. 12, 2025	Dec. 31, 2024 $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2023 $ / shares
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)		$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Subsequent Event
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Reverse stock split ratio	0.1

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Segment Narrative (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024 segment
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Number of operating segments	1
Number of reportable segments	1

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Schedule of Entity-wide Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total consolidated net sales	$ 190,288	$ 226,581
Total property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets	80,441	101,854
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets	50,928	68,270
Canada
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total property, plant and equipment, net and operating lease right-of-use assets	29,513	33,584
Operating Segments \| United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total consolidated net sales	151,660	179,844
Operating Segments \| Canada
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total consolidated net sales	41,633	49,668
Eliminations
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total consolidated net sales	$ (3,005)	$ (2,931)

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Concentrations of Business and Credit Risk Narrative (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Supplier Concentration Risk \| Purchases \| One Supplier
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Concentration risk, percentage	10.00%	10.00%

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Property, Plant and Equipment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Asset retirement obligations	$ 284	$ 759
Noncurrent AROs	$ 4,232	$ 4,457
Building and improvements \| Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful lives	10 years
Building and improvements \| Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful lives	40 years
Machinery and equipment \| Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful lives	5 years
Machinery and equipment \| Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful lives	15 years
Computer equipment \| Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful lives	3 years
Computer equipment \| Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful lives	4 years
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Useful lives	5 years

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Revenue Recognition Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 190,288	$ 226,581
Deferred revenue	2,611	3,231
Shipping and Handling
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 7,883	$ 9,523

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Stock-based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plan Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected dividend yield	0.00%
Expense incurred for employee benefit plan	$ 236	$ 261
PSU
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award service period	1 year

RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET SALES - Narrative (Details) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended		15 Months Ended
	May 31, 2024 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($) a	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($) a	Jun. 30, 2024 a
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring expenses		$ 2,223	$ 11,269
Non-cash restructuring expenses		806	9,703
Loss on asset disposition		11,520	0
Sale of inventories		$ 2,002	1,587
Number of acres sold \| a		20		20
Number of acres owned \| a		140		140	140
Disposal Group, Disposed of by Sale, Not Discontinued Operations \| Durable Manufacturing Facility
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Proceeds from sale of assets	$ 8,660
Inventories sold or disposed of	11,616
Property, plant and equipment sold or disposed of	3,721
Intangible assets sold or disposed of	2,573
Other liabilities sold or disposed of	90
Proceeds from operating lease termination	1,275
Proceeds from equipment finance lease termination	668
Costs to sell	$ 417
Loss on asset disposition		$ 11,520
Sale of inventories		4,960
Sale of property, plant and equipment		3,700
Restructuring Plan, Phase One \| Cost of goods sold
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring expenses		$ 1,946	$ 10,664
Restructuring Charges, Statement of Income or Comprehensive Income [Extensible Enumeration]		Cost of goods sold	Cost of goods sold
Restructuring Plan, Phase One \| Selling, general and administrative
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring expenses		$ 277	$ 605
Restructuring Charges, Statement of Income or Comprehensive Income [Extensible Enumeration]		Selling, general and administrative	Selling, general and administrative
Facility Closing \| Restructuring Plan, Phase One
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring expenses			$ 2,084
Restructuring costs incurred		$ 3,373		$ 3,373
Facility Closing \| Restructuring Plan, Phase Two
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring expenses		2,223		1,736
Inventory Writedown \| Restructuring Plan, Phase One
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring costs incurred		$ 6,398		6,398
Inventory Writedown \| Restructuring Plan, Phase Two
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Restructuring expenses			$ 9,185	$ 9,672

RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET SALES - Restructuring Costs (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Restructuring Plan, Phase One
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Restructuring Accruals, beginning balance	$ 0	$ 696
Expense	0	1,247
Cash Payments	0	(1,943)
Restructuring Accruals, ending balance	0	0
Restructuring Plan, Phase Two
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Restructuring Accruals, beginning balance	187	0
Expense	1,416	272
Cash Payments	(1,500)	(85)
Restructuring Accruals, ending balance	$ 103	$ 187

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET - Intangible Assets, net (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 355,377	$ 359,606
Accumulated Amortization	(109,176)	(86,526)
Net Book Value	246,201	273,080
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	358,178	362,407
Net Book Value	249,002	275,881
Trade name
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Indefinite-lived intangible asset	2,801	2,801
Computer software
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	8,982	9,325
Accumulated Amortization	(8,625)	(8,357)
Net Book Value	357	968
Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	99,806	99,805
Accumulated Amortization	(39,230)	(31,883)
Net Book Value	60,576	67,922
Technology, formulations and recipes
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	110,381	114,181
Accumulated Amortization	(33,401)	(25,124)
Net Book Value	76,980	89,057
Trade names and trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	131,492	131,493
Accumulated Amortization	(23,432)	(16,740)
Net Book Value	108,060	114,753
Other
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	4,716	4,802
Accumulated Amortization	(4,488)	(4,422)
Net Book Value	$ 228	$ 380

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	May 31, 2024
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization expense	$ 23,998	$ 24,355
Disposal Group, Disposed of by Sale, Not Discontinued Operations \| Durable Manufacturing Facility
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets sold or disposed of			$ 2,573

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET - Useful Life Finite-lived Intangible Assets (Details)	Dec. 31, 2024
Minimum \| Computer software
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	3 years
Minimum \| Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	7 years
Minimum \| Technology, formulations and recipes
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	8 years
Minimum \| Trade names and trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	15 years
Maximum \| Computer software
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	5 years
Maximum \| Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	18 years
Maximum \| Technology, formulations and recipes
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	12 years
Maximum \| Trade names and trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Useful lives	20 years
Weighted Average \| Computer software
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted-average amortization period	2 years
Weighted Average \| Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted-average amortization period	9 years
Weighted Average \| Technology, formulations and recipes
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted-average amortization period	8 years
Weighted Average \| Trade names and trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted-average amortization period	16 years

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET - Future Amortization Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2025	$ 23,734
2026	23,527
2027	23,355
2028	22,710
2029	21,582
Thereafter	131,293
Net Book Value	$ 246,201	$ 273,080

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE - Calculation for Basic and Diluted EPS (Details) - USD ($)
$ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2024

Dec. 31, 2023

Earnings Per Share, Diluted, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]

Net loss

$ (66,717)

$ (64,813)

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding (in shares)

^[1]

4,598,640

4,550,836

Diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding (in shares)

^[1]

4,598,640

4,550,836

Basic loss per common share (in dollars per share)

^[1]

$ (14.51)

$ (14.24)

Diluted loss per common share (in dollars per share)

^[1]

$ (14.51)

$ (14.24)

Share Based Compensation Awards and Warrants

Earnings Per Share, Diluted, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]

Dilutive effect of warrants and share based compensation awards using the treasury stock method (in shares)

[1]	(1) Net loss per share and Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding amounts have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split effected on February 12, 2025.

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE - Antidilutive (Details) - shares	12 Months Ended
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE - Antidilutive (Details) - shares	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Shares subject to unvested or deferred performance and restricted stock units
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Shares subject to (in shares)	290,334	217,037
Shares subject to stock options outstanding
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Shares subject to (in shares)	40,654	57,207

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET AND INVENTORIES - Accounts Receivable, Net (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Receivables [Abstract]
Trade accounts receivable	$ 14,112	$ 16,740
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(706)	(920)
Other receivables	1,350	1,070
Total accounts receivable, net	$ 14,756	$ 16,890

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET AND INVENTORIES - Change in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Accounts Receivable, Allowance for Credit Loss [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ (920)	$ (1,556)
Changes in estimates	(1,006)	(1,280)
Write-offs	718	310
Collections/Other	502	1,606
Ending balance	$ (706)	$ (920)

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET AND INVENTORIES - Inventories (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	May 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Inventory [Line Items]
Finished goods	$ 44,372		$ 58,346
Work-in-process	1,137		3,891
Raw materials	12,398		23,256
Allowance for inventory obsolescence	(7,274)		(10,139)
Total inventories	$ 50,633		$ 75,354
Disposal Group, Disposed of by Sale, Not Discontinued Operations \| Durable Manufacturing Facility
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventories sold or disposed of		$ 11,616

LEASES - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
LEASES - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jan. 31, 2023	Dec. 31, 2038	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Sale Leaseback Transaction [Line Items]
Lease term			20 years
Operating lease costs			$ 10,195	$ 12,371
Short-term and month-to-month lease expense			61	182
Operating lease, other cost			$ 3,207	$ 3,132
City of Eugene, County of Lane, State of Oregon
Sale Leaseback Transaction [Line Items]
Initial purchase price	$ 8,598
Term of contract	15 years
Rent expense	$ 731
City of Eugene, County of Lane, State of Oregon \| Forecast
Sale Leaseback Transaction [Line Items]
Rent expense		$ 964

LEASES - Balance Sheet (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Lease assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets	$ 42,869	$ 54,494
Finance Lease, Right-of-Use Asset, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Property, plant and equipment, net	Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment, net	$ 7,279	$ 9,315
Total lease assets	50,148	63,809
Lease liabilities
Current portion of operating lease liabilities	7,731	8,336
Current portion of finance lease liabilities	459	954
Long-term operating lease liabilities	37,553	47,506
Long-term finance lease liabilities	7,830	8,734
Total lease liabilities	$ 53,573	$ 65,530

LEASES - Lease Costs and Sublease and Logistics Income (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Operating lease costs	$ 10,195	$ 12,371
Interest on lease liabilities	459	519
Sublease and logistics income	(3,851)	(1,722)
Selling, general and administrative
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Amortization of lease assets	734	1,047
Cost of goods sold
Lessee, Lease, Description [Line Items]
Amortization of lease assets	$ 137	$ 328

LEASES - Future Minimum Lease Payment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Operating
2025	$ 9,397
2026	8,702
2027	8,789
2028	8,252
2029	5,384
Thereafter	10,915
Total lease payments	51,439
Less portion representing interest	6,155
Total principal	45,284
Less current portion	7,731	$ 8,336
Long-term portion	37,553	47,506
Finance
2025	880
2026	847
2027	849
2028	805
2029	822
Thereafter	7,217
Total lease payments	11,420
Less portion representing interest	3,131
Total principal	8,289
Less current portion	459	954
Long-term portion	$ 7,830	$ 8,734

LEASES - Weighted-Average (Details)	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Leases [Abstract]
Weighted-average remaining lease term in years, operating leases	6 years	6 years 8 months 12 days
Weighted-average remaining lease term in years, finance leases	12 years 10 months 24 days	12 years 6 months
Weighted-average discount rate, operating leases	4.12%	4.20%
Weighted-average discount rate, finance leases	5.39%	5.25%

LEASES - Cash Flow (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
LEASES - Cash Flow (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Leases [Abstract]
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$ (9,653)	$ (12,121)
Operating cash flows from finance leases	(459)	(516)
Financing cash flows from finance leases	$ (680)	$ (1,007)

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	$ 61,945	$ 68,749
Less: accumulated depreciation	(24,400)	(21,389)
Total property, plant, and equipment, net	37,545	47,360
Machinery and equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	23,531	27,417
Peat bogs and related development
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	11,895	12,256
Building and improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	10,313	10,132
Land
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	5,630	6,114
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	4,239	4,360
Computer equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	3,152	3,301
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Gross property, plant, and equipment	$ 3,185	$ 5,169

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	May 31, 2024
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	$ 6,693	$ 7,720
Finance lease assets cost	9,823	12,783
Finance lease assets, accumulated depreciation	2,544	3,468
Asset retirement obligations	284	759
Asset retirement obligations, noncurrent	$ 4,232	$ 4,457
Disposal Group, Disposed of by Sale, Not Discontinued Operations \| Durable Manufacturing Facility
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment sold or disposed of			$ 3,721

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET - Asset Retirement Obligations (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Asset Retirement Obligation, Roll Forward Analysis [Roll Forward]
Balance, beginning of the period	$ 5,216	$ 4,632
Liabilities incurred in the period	0	349
Liabilities settled in the period	(474)	(17)
Accretion expense	165	147
Other	(391)	105
Balance, end of the period	$ 4,516	$ 5,216

ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Payables and Accruals [Abstract]
Accrued compensation and benefits	$ 1,987	$ 2,096
Interest accrual	2,141	1,214
Freight, custom and duty accrual	1,130	1,040
Goods in transit accrual	574	360
Income tax accrual	127	0
Asset retirement obligations	284	759
Other accrued liabilities	4,404	4,060
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$ 10,647	$ 9,529

DEBT - Components (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Oct. 25, 2021
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt, gross	$ 119,396
Term loan - unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	(3,443)	$ (4,259)
Total debt	115,953	118,401
Current portion of long-term debt	1,260	2,989
Long-term debt - net of unamortized discount and deferred financing costs of $3,443 and $4,259 as of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively	114,693	115,412
Total debt	115,953	118,401
Term Loan
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt, gross	119,303	122,500	$ 125,000
Term loan - unamortized discount and deferred financing costs	(3,443)	(4,259)
Total debt	115,860	118,241
Other
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Total debt	$ 93	$ 160

DEBT - Term Loans (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
DEBT - Term Loans (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Jun. 27, 2023	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	May 31, 2024	Oct. 25, 2021
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt, gross		$ 119,396
Current portion of long-term debt		1,260	$ 2,989
Disposal Group, Disposed of by Sale, Not Discontinued Operations \| Durable Manufacturing Facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Proceeds from sale of assets				$ 8,660
Senior Secured Term Loan
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt, gross		$ 119,303	$ 122,500		$ 125,000
Debt instrument, call premium rate, year one					1.00%
Debt instrument, call premium rate, thereafter					0.00%
Debt instrument, interest rate during period		11.70%	11.55%
Interest expense, debt		$ 14,112	$ 14,245
Amortization of deferred financing costs		751	883
Debt instrument, quarterly payment, principal outstanding, percentage					0.25%
Term Loan, Amendment No. 1 \| Alternative Base Rate
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, floor on variable rate	2.00%
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	4.50%
Term Loan, Amendment No. 1 \| Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt instrument, floor on variable rate	1.00%
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	5.50%
Secured Debt \| Senior Term Loan
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Current portion of long-term debt		0	1,665
Contractual commitments		$ 300	$ 2,187

DEBT - Revolving Asset-backed Credit Facilities (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023	Nov. 01, 2024	Mar. 31, 2023	Dec. 22, 2022	Aug. 31, 2021	Mar. 29, 2021
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Deferred financing costs and discount	$ 3,443,000	$ 4,259,000
Other debt	93,000	160,000
Loss on debt modification	195,000	59,000
JPMorgan Credit Facility \| Revolving Asset-baked Credit Facility \| Revolving Credit Facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 35,000,000	$ 55,000,000	$ 75,000,000	$ 100,000,000	$ 50,000,000
Deferred financing costs and discount	$ 237,000	538,000
Excess availability threshold	10.00%
Covenant , minimum fixed charge coverage ratio multiplier	1.1
Covenant , minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, term	12 months
Covenant, excess availability term	30 days
Fixed charge coverage ratio	1.15
Debt instrument, basis spread on variable rate	1.95%
Debt instrument, floor on variable rate	0.00%
Line of credit facility, unused capacity, commitment fee percentage	0.40%
Borrowings outstanding	$ 0	$ 0
Line of credit facility, remaining borrowing capacity	$ 13,000,000

DEBT - Future Principal Payments (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($)
Debt Disclosure [Abstract]
2025	$ 1,260
2026	1,248
2027	1,249
2028 and thereafter	115,639
Total	$ 119,396

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Details)	Dec. 31, 2024 vote shares	Dec. 31, 2023 shares	Jul. 19, 2021 shares
Class of Warrant or Right [Line Items]
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	4,614,279	4,578,841
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	300,000,000	300,000,000
Warrants outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Investor Warrants
Class of Warrant or Right [Line Items]
Warrant solicitation fee expense, percentage of net cash proceeds solicited by placement agents on certain warrants following call for redemption	5.00%
Common Stock
Class of Warrant or Right [Line Items]
Votes per share of stock \| vote	1
Common Stock \| Investor Warrants
Class of Warrant or Right [Line Items]
Number of securities called by each warrant or right (in shares)			0.5

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - Narrative (Details)		1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - Narrative (Details)	Jan. 01, 2025 shares	Nov. 30, 2020 shares	Jun. 30, 2024	Sep. 30, 2023 tranche	Jun. 30, 2023	Mar. 31, 2023 tranche	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($) plan shares	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($) shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of equity plans maintained \| plan							3
Payment, tax withholding, share-based payment arrangement \| $							$ 142,000	$ 271,000
Granted (in shares)							0	0
Exercised (in shares)							0	0
Expected dividend yield							0.00%
Restricted stock units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting tranches \| tranche						2
Vesting period			1 year		1 year
Vested in period, fair value \| $							$ 729,000	$ 948,000
Compensation expense \| $							1,927,000	4,502,000
Cost not yet recognized, amount \| $							$ 629,000
Cost not yet recognized, period for recognition							1 year
Deferred (in shares)							61,885
Awards vested but not yet issued due to deferral (n shares)							62,521
Shares withheld for payroll taxes related to vesting of restricted stock units (in shares)							11,705
Shares issued for share based compensation arrangements (in shares)							35,434
Payment, tax withholding, share-based payment arrangement \| $							$ 83,000
Granted (in shares)							80,235
Restricted stock units \| Subsequent Event
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted (in shares)	85,000
Restricted stock units \| Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting tranches \| tranche				3
Restricted stock units \| Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting tranches \| tranche				2
PSU
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vested in period, fair value \| $							$ 167,000	44,000
Compensation expense \| $							357,000	300,000
Cost not yet recognized, amount \| $							$ 128,000
Cost not yet recognized, period for recognition							1 year
Shares withheld for payroll taxes related to vesting of restricted stock units (in shares)							6,321
Shares issued for share based compensation arrangements (in shares)							18,030
Payment, tax withholding, share-based payment arrangement \| $							$ 28,000
Granted (in shares)							137,254
Stock options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expiration period							10 years
Compensation expense \| $							$ 101,000	$ 273,000
Cost not yet recognized, amount \| $							$ 0
2020 Employee, Director, and Consultant Equity Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares available for grant (in shares)							213,551
Capital shares reserved for future issuance (in shares)		228,405
Percentage of outstanding stock maximum		4.00%
Purchase price of common stock, percent		100.00%
Expiration period		10 years					1 year	1 year

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - RSU Activity (Details) - Restricted stock units	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024 $ / shares shares
Number of RSUs
Beginning (in shares) \| shares	124,253
Granted (in shares) \| shares	80,235
Vested (in shares) \| shares	(97,319)
Forfeited (in shares) \| shares	(5,139)
Ending (in shares) \| shares	102,030
Weighted average grant date fair value
Beginning (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	$ 30.62
Granted (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	7.79
Vested (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	30.08
Forfeited (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	18.10
Ending (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	$ 13.82

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - PSU Activity (Details) - PSU	12 Months Ended
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - PSU Activity (Details) - PSU	Dec. 31, 2024 $ / shares shares
Number of PSUs
Beginning (in shares) \| shares	92,148
Granted (in shares) \| shares	137,254
Vested (in shares) \| shares	(18,030)
Forfeited (in shares) \| shares	(85,589)
Ending (in shares) \| shares	125,783
Weighted average grant date fair value
Beginning (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	$ 17.70
Granted (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	9.89
Vested (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	17.70
Forfeited (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	16.65
Ending (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	$ 9.89

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - Stock Option Activity (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Number
Outstanding, beginning (in shares)	57,207
Cancelled (in shares)	(16,416)
Forfeited (in shares)	(137)
Outstanding, ending (in shares)	40,654	57,207
Options exercisable (in shares)	40,654
Vested and expected to vest (in shares)	40,654
Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding, beginning (in dollars per share)	$ 94.67
Cancelled (in dollars per share)	90.37
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	110.60
Outstanding, ending (in dollars per share)	96.36	$ 94.67
Options exercisable (in dollars per share)	96.36
Vested and expected to vest (in dollars per share)	96.36
Weighted average grant date fair value
Outstanding, beginning (in dollars per share)	20.20
Cancelled (in dollars per share)	13.20
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	98.87
Outstanding, ending (in dollars per share)	22.76	$ 20.20
Options exercisable (in dollars per share)	22.76
Vested and expected to vest (in dollars per share)	$ 22.76
Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)
Outstanding, term	3 years 8 months 1 day	3 years 8 months 8 days
Options exercisable, term	3 years 8 months 1 day
Vested and expected to vest, term	3 years 8 months 1 day

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - Unvested Stock Option Activity (Details) - Stock options	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024 $ / shares shares
Number
Balance, outstanding, beginning (in shares) \| shares	1,662
Vested (in shares) \| shares	(1,525)
Forfeited (in shares) \| shares	(137)
Balance, outstanding, ending (in shares) \| shares	0
Weighted average grant date fair value
Balance, outstanding, beginning (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	$ 121.20
Vested (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	116.59
Forfeited (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	98.87
Balance, outstanding, ending (in dollars per share) \| $ / shares	$ 0

INCOME TAXES - Loss From Continuing Operations Before Tax (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
United States	$ (64,011)	$ (58,068)
Foreign	(1,837)	(6,958)
Loss before tax	$ (65,848)	$ (65,026)

INCOME TAXES - Components of Income Tax (Benefit) Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Current:
Federal	$ 0	$ 0
State	90	167
Foreign	706	(382)
Total current expense (benefit)	796	(215)
Deferred:
Federal	0	111
State	0	0
Foreign	73	(109)
Total deferred expense	73	2
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$ 869	$ (213)

INCOME TAXES - Reconciliation of Income Tax (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S. federal tax benefit at statutory rate	$ (13,828)	$ (13,656)
State income taxes, net	71	132
Permanent items	688	120
Foreign rate differential	112	(3,988)
162(m) officers compensation	0	17
Share-based compensation	417	680
Deferred adjustments	(827)	1,035
Other, net	14	(1,320)
Valuation allowance	14,222	16,767
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$ 869	$ (213)

INCOME TAXES - Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Deferred tax assets
Lease liabilities	$ 12,959	$ 16,646
Accrued expenses	1,671	2,022
Share-based compensation	674	177
Intangible assets	1,449	1,422
Net operating loss	49,690	38,729
Inventories	7,832	5,437
Interest expense	12,658	9,466
Other	1,540	1,543
Deferred tax assets	88,473	75,442
Valuation allowance	(75,336)	(55,742)
Total deferred tax assets	13,137	19,700
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment	(5,479)	(8,618)
Operating lease right-of-use assets	(10,624)	(14,063)
Other	(81)	(37)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(16,184)	(22,718)
Net deferred tax liability	(3,047)	(3,018)
Other long-term assets - deferred tax assets	0	214
Long-term deferred tax liabilities	(3,047)	(3,232)
Net deferred tax liability	$ 3,047	$ 3,018

INCOME TAXES - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards, not subject to expiration	$ 170,100
Federal
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	183,800	$ 153,300
State
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	136,400	$ 113,100
Foreign
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Operating loss carryforwards	$ 9,700

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS - Narrative (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024 USD ($) a	Sep. 30, 2024 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2024 USD ($) a	Dec. 31, 2023 USD ($)
Fair Value, Net Derivative Asset (Liability) Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Number of acres to be sold \| a			20
Number of acres owned \| a	140		140
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 26,111			$ 30,312
Level 1 \| Estimated Fair Value
Fair Value, Net Derivative Asset (Liability) Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Cash and cash equivalents	26,111			$ 30,312
Disposal Group, Disposed of by Sale, Not Discontinued Operations \| Durable Manufacturing Facility
Fair Value, Net Derivative Asset (Liability) Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Assets held for sale	$ 470	$ 470	$ 470

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS - Schedule of Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2024	Dec. 31, 2023
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 26,111	$ 30,312
Carrying Amount \| Level 1
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents		30,312
Carrying Amount \| Level 3 \| Finance leases
Liabilities
Debt	8,289	9,688
Carrying Amount \| Level 2 \| Term Loan
Liabilities
Debt	119,303	122,500
Estimated Fair Value \| Level 1
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	26,111	30,312
Estimated Fair Value \| Level 3 \| Finance leases
Liabilities
Debt	8,437	9,688
Estimated Fair Value \| Level 2 \| Term Loan
Liabilities
Debt	$ 95,442	$ 98,000

Hydrofarm (NASDAQ:HYFM)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Fev 2025 até Mar 2025

Click aqui para mais gráficos Hydrofarm.

Hydrofarm (NASDAQ:HYFM)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Mar 2024 até Mar 2025

Dados

Notícias

Ferramentas

Mercados

Comunidade

Recursos principais

Follow Feed

Fluxo de Opções

Monitor

HYFM Hydrofarm Holdings Group Inc

Notícias Hydrofarm Holdings Group Inc

Seu Histórico Recente

Empresa

Negócios

Popular

Obter o aplicativo

Tendências Agora

Rankings

Dados

Notícias

Ferramentas

Mercados

Comunidade

Recursos principais

Follow Feed

Fluxo de Opções

Monitor

HYFM Hydrofarm Holdings Group Inc

Notícias Hydrofarm Holdings Group Inc

Seu Histórico Recente

Empresa

Negócios

Popular

Obter o aplicativo

Vá sem anúncios